1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
115 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
116 struct linespec_result *,
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
121 struct linespec_result *,
122 struct linespec_sals *,
123 char *, char *, enum bptype,
124 enum bpdisp, int, int,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
127 int, int, int, unsigned);
129 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
130 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
132 static void clear_command (char *, int);
134 static void catch_command (char *, int);
136 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
138 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
140 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
142 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
144 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
145 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
146 const struct symtab_and_line *);
148 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
150 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
151 struct symtab_and_line,
153 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
155 static struct breakpoint *
156 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
158 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
160 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
162 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
166 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
167 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
168 struct obj_section *, int);
170 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
172 struct address_space *aspace2,
175 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
176 struct bp_location *loc2);
178 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
179 struct address_space *aspace,
182 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
184 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
186 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
187 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
189 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
191 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
193 static void commands_command (char *, int);
195 static void condition_command (char *, int);
204 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
205 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
207 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
209 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
211 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
213 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
215 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
217 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
219 int *other_type_used);
221 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
223 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
225 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
228 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
230 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
234 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
236 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
238 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
241 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
242 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
243 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
245 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
247 static void update_global_location_list (int);
249 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
251 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
253 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
255 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
257 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
259 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
261 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
263 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
265 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
267 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
269 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
271 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
273 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
276 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
278 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
280 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
282 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
283 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
284 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
287 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
288 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
290 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
291 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
293 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
296 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
298 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
300 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
301 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
303 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
304 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
306 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
307 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
308 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
309 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
310 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
311 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
313 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
314 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
315 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
316 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
322 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
324 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
325 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
326 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
327 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
329 static char *dprintf_function = "";
331 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
332 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
333 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
334 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
335 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
336 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
337 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
339 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
341 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
343 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
345 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
346 breakpoints share a single command list. */
347 struct counted_command_line
349 /* The reference count. */
352 /* The command list. */
353 struct command_line *commands;
356 struct command_line *
357 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
359 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
362 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
363 current breakpoint. */
365 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
368 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
370 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
371 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
373 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
375 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
378 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
379 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
380 if such is available. */
381 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
384 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
385 struct cmd_list_element *c,
388 fprintf_filtered (file,
389 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
390 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
394 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
396 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
398 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
400 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
401 struct cmd_list_element *c,
404 fprintf_filtered (file,
405 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
406 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
410 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
411 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
412 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
413 use hardware breakpoints. */
414 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
416 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
417 struct cmd_list_element *c,
420 fprintf_filtered (file,
421 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
425 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
426 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
427 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
428 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
429 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
431 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
434 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
435 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
437 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
438 fprintf_filtered (file,
439 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
440 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
442 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
444 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
449 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
451 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
452 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
455 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
457 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
458 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
460 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
461 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
462 condition_evaluation_auto,
463 condition_evaluation_host,
464 condition_evaluation_target,
468 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
471 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
472 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
475 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
476 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
477 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
481 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
483 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
485 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
486 return condition_evaluation_target;
488 return condition_evaluation_host;
494 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
497 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
499 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
502 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
506 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
508 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
510 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
513 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
515 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
516 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
518 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
519 static int overlay_events_enabled;
521 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
522 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
524 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
526 current breakpoint. */
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
531 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
532 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
535 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
536 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
537 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
539 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
540 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
541 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
544 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
545 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
546 to where the loop should start from.
547 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
548 appropriate location to start with. */
550 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
551 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
552 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
554 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
555 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
558 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
560 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
561 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
562 if (is_tracepoint (B))
564 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
566 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
568 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
570 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
572 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
574 static unsigned bp_location_count;
576 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
577 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
578 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
579 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
580 an address you need to read. */
582 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
584 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
585 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
586 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
587 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
588 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
590 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
592 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
593 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
595 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
597 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
599 static int breakpoint_count;
601 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
602 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
603 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
604 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
605 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
607 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
609 static int tracepoint_count;
611 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
612 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
613 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
615 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
617 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
619 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
622 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
625 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
627 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
628 breakpoint_count = num;
629 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
632 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
633 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
634 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
636 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
640 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
642 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
645 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
649 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
651 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
654 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
657 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
659 struct breakpoint *b;
665 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
666 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
668 static struct counted_command_line *
669 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
671 struct counted_command_line *result
672 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
675 result->commands = commands;
679 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
682 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
688 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
689 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
690 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
693 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
697 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
699 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
706 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
709 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
711 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
714 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
717 static struct cleanup *
718 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
720 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
724 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
725 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
728 get_breakpoint (int num)
730 struct breakpoint *b;
733 if (b->number == num)
741 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
742 evaluating conditions on its side. */
745 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
747 struct bp_location *loc;
749 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
750 evaluating conditions and if the user has
751 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
753 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
754 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
757 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
760 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
761 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
764 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
765 evaluating conditions on its side. */
768 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
770 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
771 evaluating conditions and if the user has
772 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
774 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
775 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
779 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
782 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
785 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
786 condition_evaluation_mode. */
789 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
790 struct cmd_list_element *c)
792 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
794 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
795 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
797 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
798 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
799 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
803 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
804 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
806 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
807 settings was "auto". */
808 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
810 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
811 if (new_mode != old_mode)
813 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
814 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
815 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
817 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
818 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
821 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
823 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
830 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
831 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
832 target knows about. */
833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
834 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
835 loc->needs_update = 1;
839 update_global_location_list (1);
845 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
846 what "auto" is translating to. */
849 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
850 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
852 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
853 fprintf_filtered (file,
854 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
855 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
857 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
859 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
863 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
864 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
865 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
868 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
870 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
871 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
873 if (a->address == b->address)
876 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
879 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
880 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
881 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
884 static struct bp_location **
885 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
887 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
888 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
889 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
891 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
892 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
893 dummy_loc.address = address;
895 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
896 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
897 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
898 bp_location_compare_addrs);
900 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
901 if (locp_found == NULL)
904 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
905 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
906 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
907 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
914 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
917 xfree (b->cond_string);
918 b->cond_string = NULL;
920 if (is_watchpoint (b))
922 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
929 struct bp_location *loc;
931 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
936 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
937 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
938 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
945 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
949 const char *arg = exp;
951 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
952 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
953 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
954 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
956 if (is_watchpoint (b))
958 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
960 innermost_block = NULL;
962 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
964 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
965 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
969 struct bp_location *loc;
971 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
975 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
976 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
978 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
982 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
984 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
987 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
989 static VEC (char_ptr) *
990 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
991 const char *text, const char *word)
995 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
996 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1000 struct breakpoint *b;
1001 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1005 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1006 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1008 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1011 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1012 len = strlen (text);
1018 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1020 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1021 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1027 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1028 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1029 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1032 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1035 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1037 struct breakpoint *b;
1042 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1045 bnum = get_number (&p);
1047 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1050 if (b->number == bnum)
1052 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1053 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1054 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1055 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1057 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1058 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1059 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1060 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1062 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1063 update_global_location_list (1);
1068 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1071 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1072 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1073 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1076 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1078 struct command_line *c;
1080 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1084 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1085 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1086 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1088 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1089 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1091 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1092 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1093 command directly. */
1094 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1095 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1097 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1098 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1102 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1105 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1107 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1108 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1109 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1113 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1115 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1118 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1119 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1123 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1124 struct command_line *commands)
1126 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1128 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1129 struct command_line *c;
1130 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1132 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1133 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1137 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1138 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1139 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1140 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1141 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1142 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1143 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1144 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1145 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1146 tracepoint's context. */
1147 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1149 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1151 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1152 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1153 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1154 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1155 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1156 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "can be used only once"));
1165 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1169 struct command_line *c2;
1171 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1172 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1173 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1175 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1176 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1182 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1186 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1187 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1190 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1192 struct breakpoint *b;
1193 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1194 struct bp_location *loc;
1197 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1199 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1200 if (loc->address == addr)
1201 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1207 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1208 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1211 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1212 struct command_line *commands)
1214 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1216 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1217 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1218 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1221 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1222 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1226 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1228 int old_silent = b->silent;
1231 if (old_silent != silent)
1232 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1235 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1236 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1239 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1241 int old_thread = b->thread;
1244 if (old_thread != thread)
1245 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1248 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1249 breakpoint work for any task. */
1252 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1254 int old_task = b->task;
1257 if (old_task != task)
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1262 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1264 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1266 validate_actionline (line, b);
1269 /* A structure used to pass information through
1270 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1272 struct commands_info
1274 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1277 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1280 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1281 already-parsed command. */
1282 struct command_line *control;
1284 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1286 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1289 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1290 commands_command. */
1293 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1295 struct commands_info *info = data;
1297 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1299 struct command_line *l;
1301 if (info->control != NULL)
1302 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1305 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1308 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1309 "%s, one per line."),
1312 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1314 l = read_command_lines (str,
1317 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1320 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1323 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1326 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1328 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1330 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1331 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1332 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1333 b->commands = info->cmd;
1334 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1339 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1340 struct command_line *control)
1342 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1343 struct commands_info info;
1345 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1346 info.control = control;
1348 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1349 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1350 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1352 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1354 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1355 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1357 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1358 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1361 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1362 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1363 numbers will fail in this case. */
1368 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1370 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1373 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1377 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1379 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1380 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1382 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1386 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1388 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1391 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1392 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1394 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1395 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1396 enum command_control_type
1397 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1399 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1400 return simple_control;
1403 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1406 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1408 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1412 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1413 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1418 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1419 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1421 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1422 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1423 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1425 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1426 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1427 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1428 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1429 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1430 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1431 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1432 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1434 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1437 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1438 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1439 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1441 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1443 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1445 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1446 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1447 report higher one. */
1450 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1451 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1453 struct bp_location *bl;
1455 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1456 bl = bp_location[bc];
1458 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1459 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1460 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1461 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1463 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1464 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1465 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1467 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1469 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1476 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1477 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1478 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1479 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1480 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1483 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1485 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1486 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1487 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1490 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1493 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1495 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1497 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1498 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1502 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1503 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1504 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1507 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1510 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1511 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1512 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1515 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1517 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1518 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1521 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1523 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1524 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1526 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1527 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1531 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1532 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1536 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1537 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1539 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1540 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1541 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1545 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1547 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1548 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1551 if (readbuf != NULL)
1553 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1554 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1555 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1556 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1557 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1559 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1561 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1562 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1566 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1567 const unsigned char *bp;
1568 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1569 int placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1571 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1572 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1573 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1575 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1577 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1579 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1580 breakpoint's INSN. */
1581 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1587 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1591 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1593 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1594 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1595 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1598 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1601 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1603 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1604 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1605 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1608 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1612 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1614 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1615 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1618 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1619 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1620 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1621 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1622 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1623 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1624 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1625 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1628 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1630 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1631 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1632 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1633 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1636 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1637 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1640 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1642 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1644 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1646 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1647 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1648 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1649 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1650 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1652 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1655 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1656 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1657 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1658 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1660 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1662 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1663 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1666 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1667 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1668 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1669 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1670 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1671 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1672 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1673 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1675 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1676 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1677 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1678 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1679 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1680 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1681 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1682 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1685 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1686 hardware watchpoints:
1688 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1689 called several times when GDB stops.
1692 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1693 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1694 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1695 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1696 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1697 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1698 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1699 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1700 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1701 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1702 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1704 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1705 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1708 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1710 int within_current_scope;
1711 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1714 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1715 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1716 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1717 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1720 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1725 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1726 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1727 within_current_scope = 1;
1730 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1731 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1732 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1734 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1735 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1736 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1737 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1740 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1741 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1742 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1743 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1746 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1748 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1749 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1750 if (within_current_scope)
1754 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1755 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1756 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1759 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1768 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1769 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1770 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1771 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1772 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1773 be completely different objects. */
1774 value_free (b->val);
1778 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1779 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1780 locations (re)created below. */
1781 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1783 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1785 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1789 s = b->base.cond_string;
1790 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1794 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1795 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1796 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1797 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1798 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1799 if ( !target_has_execution)
1801 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1802 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1803 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1805 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1808 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1809 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1811 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1813 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1814 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1815 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1816 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1817 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1819 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1825 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1827 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1828 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1830 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1831 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1832 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1833 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1834 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1835 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1836 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1838 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1840 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1841 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1842 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1844 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1845 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1849 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1851 addr = value_address (v);
1853 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1855 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1858 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1859 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1862 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1864 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1865 loc->address = addr;
1866 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1867 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1872 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1873 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1874 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1879 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1880 struct bp_location *bl;
1882 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1886 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1889 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1890 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1891 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1893 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1894 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1895 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1896 this watchpoint in as well. */
1898 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1899 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1900 hardware watchpoint type. */
1901 type = b->base.type;
1902 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1903 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1905 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1906 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1907 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1908 through watch_command), so always account for it
1911 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1912 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1914 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1915 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1918 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1919 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1921 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1923 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1924 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1925 "hardware watchpoint."));
1926 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1927 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1928 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1930 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1931 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1935 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1936 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1937 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1939 b->base.type = type;
1942 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1943 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1944 "read/access watchpoint."));
1946 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1948 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1949 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1950 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1951 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1954 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1956 next = value_next (v);
1961 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1962 above left it without any location set up. But,
1963 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1964 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1965 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1967 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1968 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1969 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1970 base->loc->address = -1;
1971 base->loc->length = -1;
1972 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1975 else if (!within_current_scope)
1977 printf_filtered (_("\
1978 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1979 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1981 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1984 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1986 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1990 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1991 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1992 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1993 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1994 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1996 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1998 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2001 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2004 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2007 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2010 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2011 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2012 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2013 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2014 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2015 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2016 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2017 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2018 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2024 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2025 that the location is not duplicated. */
2028 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2031 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2034 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2035 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2039 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2040 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2041 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2042 any error during parsing. */
2044 static struct agent_expr *
2045 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2047 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2048 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2053 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2054 that may show up. */
2055 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2057 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2062 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2063 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2064 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2068 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2072 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2073 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2074 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2075 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2076 one of them is true. */
2079 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2081 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2082 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2083 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2084 struct bp_location *loc;
2086 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2087 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2088 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2090 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2091 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2094 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2095 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2096 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2097 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2098 response back to GDB. */
2099 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2102 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2106 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2108 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2109 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2110 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2111 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2112 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2113 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2115 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2116 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2122 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2123 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2124 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2126 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2132 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2133 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2134 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2136 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2137 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2138 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2140 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2143 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2145 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2147 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2150 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2151 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2156 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2157 for this location's address. */
2158 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2162 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2163 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2164 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2166 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2167 conditions to the target. */
2168 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2169 loc->cond_bytecode);
2175 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2176 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2177 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2179 static struct agent_expr *
2180 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2182 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2183 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2184 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2185 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2186 const char *cmdrest;
2187 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2188 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2190 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2197 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2199 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2201 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2202 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2204 format_start = cmdrest;
2206 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2208 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2210 format_end = cmdrest;
2212 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2213 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2215 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2217 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2218 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2220 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2222 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2224 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2226 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2227 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2230 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2235 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2236 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2238 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2242 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2243 that may show up. */
2244 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2246 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2247 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2248 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2251 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2255 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2256 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2257 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2261 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2265 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2266 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2267 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2270 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2272 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2273 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2274 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2275 struct bp_location *loc;
2277 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2278 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2279 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2282 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2285 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2286 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2287 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2288 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2289 response back to GDB. */
2290 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2293 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2297 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2299 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2300 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2301 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2302 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2303 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2304 loc->owner->extra_string);
2305 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2311 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2312 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2313 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2315 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2321 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2323 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2325 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2328 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2329 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2331 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2333 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2336 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2337 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2342 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2343 for this location's address. */
2344 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2347 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2348 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2349 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2350 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2352 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2353 to send the commands to the target. */
2354 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2358 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2359 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2360 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2361 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2364 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2365 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2366 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2367 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2370 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2371 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2373 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2374 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2375 int *disabled_breaks,
2376 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2377 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2380 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2381 struct gdb_exception e;
2383 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2386 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2387 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2388 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2389 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2390 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2391 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2392 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2393 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2394 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2395 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2396 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2397 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2399 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2400 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2401 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2402 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2404 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2406 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2407 build_target_command_list (bl);
2408 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2409 bl->needs_update = 0;
2412 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2413 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2415 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2417 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2418 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2419 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2421 Two important cases are:
2422 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2423 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2424 hardware breakpoint.
2425 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2426 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2427 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2430 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2431 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2432 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2433 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2435 struct mem_region *mr
2436 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2440 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2442 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2444 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2445 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2447 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2449 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2451 static int said = 0;
2453 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2456 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2457 _("Note: automatically using "
2458 "hardware breakpoints for "
2459 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2464 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2465 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2466 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2467 "at readonly address %s"),
2468 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2472 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2473 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2474 || bl->section == NULL
2475 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2477 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2478 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2480 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2485 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2490 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2491 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2492 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2494 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2495 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2496 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2497 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2498 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2502 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2504 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2505 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2506 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2507 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2508 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2510 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2511 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2512 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2516 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2517 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2519 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2520 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2522 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2527 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2532 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2533 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2540 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2541 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2543 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2545 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2546 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2547 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2549 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2550 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2552 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2553 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2554 "library breakpoints:\n");
2556 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2557 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2558 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2562 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2564 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2565 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2566 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2567 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2568 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2569 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2570 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2574 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2575 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2577 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2578 "Error accessing memory address ");
2579 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2581 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2582 safe_strerror (val));
2593 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2594 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2595 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2596 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2598 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2599 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2601 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2603 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2604 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2605 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2607 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2609 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2610 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2612 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2614 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2615 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2619 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2620 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2627 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2628 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2631 /* Back to the original value. */
2632 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2636 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2639 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2641 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2642 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2644 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2647 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2651 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2652 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2654 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2657 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2659 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2660 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2661 so just return success. */
2668 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2669 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2673 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2675 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2676 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2678 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2679 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2681 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2682 delete_breakpoint (b);
2685 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2686 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2687 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2689 struct bp_location *tmp;
2691 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2693 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2694 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2695 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2697 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2698 if (tmp->next == loc)
2700 tmp->next = loc->next;
2706 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2707 removed locations above. */
2708 update_global_location_list (0);
2711 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2712 Throws exception on any error.
2713 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2714 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2716 insert_breakpoints (void)
2718 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2720 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2721 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2723 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2725 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2728 update_global_location_list (1);
2730 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2731 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2733 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2734 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2737 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2740 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2742 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2744 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2746 callback (loc, NULL);
2750 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2751 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2752 always-inserted mode. */
2755 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2757 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2760 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2761 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2762 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2764 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2765 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2767 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2768 there was an error. */
2769 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2771 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2773 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2775 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2777 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2780 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2781 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2782 deletion of breakpoints. */
2783 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2786 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2788 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2789 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2790 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2791 insert breakpoints. */
2792 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2793 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2796 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2797 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2804 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2805 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2808 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2811 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2814 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2816 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2817 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2820 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2821 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2822 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2824 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2825 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2827 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2828 there was an error. */
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2831 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2835 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2838 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2839 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2840 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2841 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2842 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2845 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2847 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2848 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2849 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2850 insert breakpoints. */
2851 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2852 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2855 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2856 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2861 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2862 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2863 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2865 int some_failed = 0;
2866 struct bp_location *loc;
2868 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2871 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2874 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2877 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2878 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2885 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2887 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2889 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2890 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2891 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2899 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2900 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2901 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2903 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2904 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2905 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2907 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2908 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2911 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2914 /* Used when the program stops.
2915 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2916 removing a breakpoint location. */
2919 remove_breakpoints (void)
2921 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2924 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2926 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2927 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2932 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2935 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2937 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2939 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2941 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2943 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2946 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2951 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2960 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2962 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2963 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2965 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2966 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2967 struct inferior *inf;
2968 struct thread_info *tp;
2970 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2974 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2975 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2977 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2979 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2980 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2982 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2984 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2990 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2993 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2998 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3002 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3004 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3005 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3006 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3007 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3008 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3009 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3011 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3014 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3017 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3018 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3022 static struct breakpoint *
3023 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3024 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3025 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3027 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3028 struct breakpoint *b;
3030 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3033 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3034 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3036 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3037 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3038 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3043 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3045 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3047 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3049 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3050 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3052 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3053 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3055 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3056 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3058 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3059 int longjmp_searched;
3061 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3062 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3064 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3065 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3067 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3068 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3070 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3071 int exception_searched;
3073 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3074 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3077 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3079 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3080 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3082 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3085 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3087 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3090 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3091 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3093 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3094 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3096 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3098 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3099 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3101 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3102 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3104 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3105 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3107 return bp_objfile_data;
3111 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3113 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3115 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3116 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3120 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3122 struct objfile *objfile;
3123 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3125 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3127 struct breakpoint *b;
3128 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3131 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3133 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3136 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3138 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3140 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3143 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3144 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3147 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3150 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3151 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3153 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3154 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3156 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3158 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3159 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3163 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3164 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3167 update_global_location_list (1);
3171 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3173 struct program_space *pspace;
3174 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3176 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3178 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3180 struct objfile *objfile;
3182 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3184 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3187 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3188 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3190 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3191 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3194 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3196 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3198 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3199 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3200 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3203 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3206 struct probe *probe;
3207 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3210 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3211 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3215 struct breakpoint *b;
3217 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3219 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3220 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3221 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3227 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3229 struct breakpoint *b;
3230 const char *func_name;
3233 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3236 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3237 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3239 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3241 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3244 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3245 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3248 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3251 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3252 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3253 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3254 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3255 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3259 update_global_location_list (1);
3261 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3264 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3266 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3268 struct program_space *pspace;
3269 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3270 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3272 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3274 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3276 struct objfile *objfile;
3279 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3281 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3283 struct breakpoint *b;
3284 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3286 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3288 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3291 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3293 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3295 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3296 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3297 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3299 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3300 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3303 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3306 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3307 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3308 bp_std_terminate_master,
3309 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3310 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3311 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3315 update_global_location_list (1);
3317 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3320 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3323 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3325 struct objfile *objfile;
3326 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3328 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3330 struct breakpoint *b;
3331 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3332 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3335 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3337 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3338 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3340 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3341 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3342 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3345 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3347 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3349 struct probe *probe;
3352 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3353 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3357 struct breakpoint *b;
3359 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3360 bp_exception_master,
3361 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3362 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3363 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3369 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3371 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3374 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3376 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3378 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3380 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3381 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3383 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3387 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3390 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3391 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3393 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3394 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3395 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3396 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3399 update_global_location_list (1);
3403 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3405 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3406 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3408 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3409 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3410 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3411 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3412 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3413 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3414 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3415 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3416 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3417 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3418 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3420 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3422 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3425 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3426 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3428 delete_breakpoint (b);
3432 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3433 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3435 delete_breakpoint (b);
3439 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3440 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3441 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3442 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3443 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3445 delete_breakpoint (b);
3449 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3450 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3452 delete_breakpoint (b);
3456 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3458 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3459 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3460 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3462 delete_breakpoint (b);
3466 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3468 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3469 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3470 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3471 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3475 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3476 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3477 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3478 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3479 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3480 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3482 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3483 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3484 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3485 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3486 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3487 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3488 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3490 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3491 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3492 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3493 let finish_command delete it.
3495 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3496 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3497 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3498 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3499 solib breakpoints.) */
3501 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3506 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3507 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3509 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3511 delete_breakpoint (b);
3515 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3516 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3517 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3518 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3519 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3523 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3525 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3527 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3528 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3530 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3531 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3533 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3534 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3535 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3537 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3540 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3541 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3542 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3543 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3544 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3545 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3546 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3550 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3553 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3554 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3556 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3560 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3561 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3562 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3563 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3564 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3567 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3571 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3572 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3574 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3575 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3578 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3579 This should not ever happen. */
3580 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3582 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3583 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3585 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3586 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3587 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3589 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3590 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3591 || bl->section == NULL
3592 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3594 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3595 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3599 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3600 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3601 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3603 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3604 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3606 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3607 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3608 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3609 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3610 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3612 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3613 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3615 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3616 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3619 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3620 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3621 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3622 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3624 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3625 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3626 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3627 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3628 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3629 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3635 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3640 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3641 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3642 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3643 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3648 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3650 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3652 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3653 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3655 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3656 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3658 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3659 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3660 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3663 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3664 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3667 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3668 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3670 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3674 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3681 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3684 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3686 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3687 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3689 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3690 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3693 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3694 This should not ever happen. */
3695 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3697 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3699 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3701 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3703 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3707 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3710 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3712 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3714 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3715 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3719 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3720 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3722 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3725 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3726 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3727 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3732 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3734 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3735 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3737 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3739 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3741 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3744 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3746 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3747 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3748 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3752 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3754 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3760 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3762 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3763 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3766 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3768 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3770 case bp_shlib_event:
3772 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3773 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3774 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3775 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3776 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3778 (gdb) file prog-linux
3779 (gdb) run # native linux target
3782 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3783 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3786 case bp_step_resume:
3788 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3790 delete_breakpoint (b);
3794 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3795 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3796 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3798 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3800 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3801 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3802 delete_breakpoint (b);
3803 else if (context == inf_starting)
3805 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3806 insert_breakpoints. */
3808 value_free (w->val);
3819 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3820 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3821 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3822 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3825 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3826 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3827 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3828 match, not program space. */
3830 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3831 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3832 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3833 permanent breakpoint.
3834 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3835 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3836 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3837 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3838 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3840 enum breakpoint_here
3841 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3843 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3844 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3846 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3848 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3849 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3852 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3853 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3854 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3855 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3857 if (overlay_debugging
3858 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3859 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3860 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3861 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3862 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3864 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3868 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3871 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3874 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3876 struct bp_location *loc;
3879 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3880 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3886 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3887 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3888 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3889 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3892 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3895 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3897 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3899 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3900 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3904 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3906 if (overlay_debugging
3907 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3908 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3909 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3917 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3918 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3921 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3923 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3926 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3932 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3936 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3939 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3941 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3943 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3947 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3950 if (overlay_debugging
3951 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3952 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3953 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3959 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3960 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3967 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3968 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3970 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3972 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3974 struct bp_location *loc;
3976 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3977 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3980 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3983 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3984 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3988 /* Check for intersection. */
3989 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3990 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3998 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3999 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4002 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4005 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4006 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4010 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4012 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4013 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4016 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4017 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4018 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4021 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4024 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4026 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4027 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4028 it is now time to do so. */
4030 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4031 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4035 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4037 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4038 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4039 it is now time to do so. */
4041 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4042 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4046 if (overlay_debugging
4047 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4048 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4049 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4058 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4062 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4064 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4067 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4071 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4073 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4074 value_free (bs->old_val);
4075 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4076 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4080 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4081 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4084 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4101 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4102 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4105 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4109 bpstat retval = NULL;
4114 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4116 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4117 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4118 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4119 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4120 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4122 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4123 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4127 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4137 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4140 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4145 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4147 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4153 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4155 enum bpstat_signal_value
4156 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp)
4158 enum bpstat_signal_value result = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4160 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4162 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4163 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4164 enum bpstat_signal_value newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
4166 if (bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL)
4167 newval = bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at);
4169 if (newval > result)
4176 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4177 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4178 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4179 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4181 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4182 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4184 Return 1 otherwise. */
4187 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4189 struct breakpoint *b;
4192 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4194 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4195 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4196 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4197 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4198 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4200 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4202 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4206 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4209 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4211 struct thread_info *tp;
4214 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4217 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4221 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4223 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4225 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4227 value_free (bs->old_val);
4233 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4236 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4238 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4240 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4242 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4243 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4244 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4245 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4246 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4250 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4253 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4256 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4258 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4261 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4262 or its equivalent. */
4265 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4267 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4268 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4271 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4272 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4273 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4274 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4276 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4277 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4278 bpstat of the current thread. */
4281 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4284 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4287 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4289 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4292 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4293 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4295 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4297 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4300 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4301 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4303 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4304 struct command_line *cmd;
4305 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4307 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4309 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4310 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4311 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4312 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4313 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4314 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4315 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4316 the tree when we're done. */
4317 ccmd = bs->commands;
4318 bs->commands = NULL;
4319 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4320 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4321 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4323 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4329 execute_control_command (cmd);
4331 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4337 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4338 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4340 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4342 if (target_can_async_p ())
4343 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4344 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4345 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4348 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4349 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4350 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4351 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4352 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4353 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4354 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4355 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4356 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4357 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4358 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4359 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4360 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4365 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4370 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4372 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4374 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4375 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4376 && target_has_execution
4377 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4378 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4379 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4380 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4381 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4382 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4383 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4386 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4389 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4392 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4395 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4398 struct value_print_options opts;
4399 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4400 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4404 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4405 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4406 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4407 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4410 static enum print_stop_action
4411 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4413 switch (bs->print_it)
4416 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4417 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4421 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4422 relevant messages. */
4423 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4426 case print_it_normal:
4428 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4430 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4431 which has since been deleted. */
4433 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4435 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4436 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4441 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4442 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4447 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4450 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4453 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4455 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4459 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4460 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4461 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4463 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4464 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4465 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4468 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4469 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4470 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4474 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4478 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4479 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4482 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4487 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4488 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4489 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4492 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4497 struct so_list *iter;
4499 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4501 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4502 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4505 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4510 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4511 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4512 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4515 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4519 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4520 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4521 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4522 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4523 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4524 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4525 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4528 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4529 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4530 code to print the location. An example is
4531 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4533 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4534 to also print the location part of the message.
4535 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4536 don't require a location appended to the end.
4537 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4538 further info to be printed. */
4540 enum print_stop_action
4541 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4545 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4546 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4547 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4548 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4549 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4551 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4552 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4553 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4554 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4558 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4559 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4560 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4561 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4563 print_solib_event (0);
4564 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4567 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4568 with and nothing was printed. */
4569 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4572 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4573 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4574 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4575 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4578 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4580 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4581 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4583 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4587 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4590 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4594 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4596 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4597 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4598 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4599 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4600 incref_bp_location (bl);
4601 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4602 bs->commands = NULL;
4604 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4608 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4609 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4612 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4614 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4616 struct breakpoint *b;
4618 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4620 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4621 as not triggered. */
4623 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4625 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4627 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4633 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
4635 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4636 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4638 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4640 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4642 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4645 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4648 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4649 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4653 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4655 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4656 struct bp_location *loc;
4658 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4659 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4661 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4663 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4664 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4666 if (newaddr == start)
4668 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4672 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4673 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
4677 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4686 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4687 because of check_errors). */
4688 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4689 #define WP_DELETED 1
4690 /* The value has changed. */
4691 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4692 /* The value has not changed. */
4693 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4694 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4697 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4698 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4700 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4703 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4704 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4707 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4709 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4710 struct watchpoint *b;
4711 struct frame_info *fr;
4712 int within_current_scope;
4714 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4715 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4716 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4718 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4719 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4720 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4721 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4724 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4725 within_current_scope = 1;
4728 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4729 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4730 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4732 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4733 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4734 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4735 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4736 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4737 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4738 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4739 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4740 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4741 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4744 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4745 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4747 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4748 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4749 if (within_current_scope)
4751 struct symbol *function;
4753 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4754 if (function == NULL
4755 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4756 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4757 within_current_scope = 0;
4760 if (within_current_scope)
4761 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4762 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4767 if (within_current_scope)
4769 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4770 time before we return to the command level and call
4771 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4772 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4776 struct value *new_val;
4778 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4779 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4780 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4781 a mask watchpoint. */
4782 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4784 mark = value_mark ();
4785 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4787 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4788 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4789 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4790 not what we want. */
4791 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4792 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4794 if (new_val != NULL)
4796 release_value (new_val);
4797 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4799 bs->old_val = b->val;
4802 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4806 /* Nothing changed. */
4807 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4808 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4813 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4815 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4816 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4817 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4818 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4819 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4820 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4821 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4822 the first value assigned). */
4823 /* We print all the stop information in
4824 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4825 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4826 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4828 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4830 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4831 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4832 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4834 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4835 which its expression is valid.\n");
4837 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4838 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4839 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4845 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4846 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4847 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4850 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4851 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4852 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4854 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4856 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4857 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4859 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4862 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4863 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4866 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4868 const struct bp_location *bl;
4869 struct watchpoint *b;
4871 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4872 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4873 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4874 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4875 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4878 int must_check_value = 0;
4880 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4881 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4883 must_check_value = 1;
4884 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4885 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4886 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4888 must_check_value = 1;
4889 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4890 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4891 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4892 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4893 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4894 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4895 must_check_value = 1;
4897 if (must_check_value)
4900 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4902 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4903 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4905 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4909 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4910 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4914 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4917 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4918 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4920 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4922 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4923 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4924 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4925 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4926 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4927 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4928 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4931 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4932 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4935 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4936 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4937 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4938 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4940 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4941 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4942 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4945 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4946 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4947 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4948 changes. This still gives false positives when
4949 the program writes the same value to memory as
4950 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4951 it for a read), but it's much better than
4954 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4956 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4958 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4960 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4961 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4962 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4964 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4965 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4967 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4968 == watch_triggered_yes)
4970 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4976 if (other_write_watchpoint
4977 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4979 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4980 and the value changed since the last time we
4981 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4983 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4988 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4989 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4990 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4992 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4993 the value hasn't changed. */
4994 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5002 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5003 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5004 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5005 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5006 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5010 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5012 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5013 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5014 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5015 anything for this watchpoint. */
5016 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5023 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5024 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5025 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5028 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5030 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5031 const struct bp_location *bl;
5032 struct breakpoint *b;
5034 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5035 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5036 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5037 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5038 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5040 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5041 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5042 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5044 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5045 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5049 int value_is_zero = 0;
5050 struct expression *cond;
5052 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5053 method implemented. */
5054 if (b->py_bp_object)
5055 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5057 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5059 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5066 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5068 int within_current_scope = 1;
5069 struct watchpoint * w;
5071 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5072 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5073 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5074 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5076 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5078 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5079 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5083 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5084 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5085 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5086 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5087 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5089 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5090 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5093 struct frame_info *frame;
5095 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5096 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5097 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5098 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5099 really matter which instantiation of the function
5100 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5101 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5102 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5103 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5104 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5105 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5106 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5107 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5109 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5111 select_frame (frame);
5113 within_current_scope = 0;
5115 if (within_current_scope)
5117 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5118 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5122 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5123 "in the current scope"));
5124 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5125 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5128 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5129 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5132 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5136 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5140 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5144 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5146 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5152 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5153 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5155 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5156 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5159 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5161 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5163 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5164 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5165 several reasons concurrently.)
5167 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5168 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5171 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5172 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5173 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5175 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5176 struct bp_location *bl;
5177 struct bp_location *loc;
5178 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5179 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5180 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5183 int need_remove_insert;
5186 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5187 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5188 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5189 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5190 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5191 inferior function calls. */
5195 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5198 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5200 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5201 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5202 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5203 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5204 checked all locations already. */
5205 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5208 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5211 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5214 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5217 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5220 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5221 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5222 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5226 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5227 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5228 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5230 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5232 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5234 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5239 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5241 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5243 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5244 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5247 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5251 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5252 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5253 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5255 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5257 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5259 handle_solib_event ();
5264 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5265 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5266 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5270 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5275 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5276 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5279 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5284 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5286 /* We will stop here. */
5287 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5289 --(b->enable_count);
5290 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5291 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5292 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5297 bs->commands = b->commands;
5298 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5299 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5300 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5306 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5308 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5309 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5312 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5313 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5314 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5316 need_remove_insert = 0;
5317 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5318 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5320 && bs->breakpoint_at
5321 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5323 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5325 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5326 need_remove_insert = 1;
5329 if (need_remove_insert)
5330 update_global_location_list (1);
5331 else if (removed_any)
5332 update_global_location_list (0);
5338 handle_jit_event (void)
5340 struct frame_info *frame;
5341 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5343 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5344 breakpoint_re_set. */
5345 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5347 frame = get_current_frame ();
5348 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5350 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5352 target_terminal_inferior ();
5355 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5358 handle_solib_event (void)
5360 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5362 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5363 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5364 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5365 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5366 solib_add (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
5367 target_terminal_inferior ();
5370 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5372 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5375 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5377 struct bpstat_what retval;
5381 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5382 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5383 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5385 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5387 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5388 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5389 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5392 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5394 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5395 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5399 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5406 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5409 case bp_shlib_event:
5413 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5415 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5418 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5421 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5422 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5423 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5427 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5429 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5433 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5434 This requires no further action. */
5438 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5440 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5441 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5443 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5444 case bp_exception_resume:
5445 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5446 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5448 case bp_step_resume:
5450 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5453 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5454 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5457 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5459 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5462 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5463 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5466 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5467 case bp_thread_event:
5468 case bp_overlay_event:
5469 case bp_longjmp_master:
5470 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5471 case bp_exception_master:
5472 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5478 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5480 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5484 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5485 This requires no further action. */
5490 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5493 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5494 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5495 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5496 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5498 case bp_std_terminate:
5499 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5500 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5501 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5502 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5505 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5506 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5507 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5508 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5510 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5511 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5513 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5514 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5515 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5517 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5518 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5519 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5520 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5525 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5527 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5531 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5532 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5535 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5538 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5539 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5544 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5546 handle_jit_event ();
5549 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5551 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5557 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5558 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5560 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5561 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5569 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5570 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5571 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5574 bpstat_should_step (void)
5576 struct breakpoint *b;
5579 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5585 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5587 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5596 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5597 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5598 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5601 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5603 static char wrap_indent[80];
5604 int i, total_width, width, align;
5608 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5610 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5612 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5613 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5614 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5619 total_width += width + 1;
5625 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5626 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5628 "host": Host evals condition.
5629 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5630 "target": Target evals condition.
5634 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5636 struct bp_location *bl;
5637 char host_evals = 0;
5638 char target_evals = 0;
5643 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5646 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5647 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5648 return condition_evaluation_host;
5650 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5652 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5658 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5659 return condition_evaluation_both;
5660 else if (target_evals)
5661 return condition_evaluation_target;
5663 return condition_evaluation_host;
5666 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5667 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5670 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5672 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5675 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5676 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5677 return condition_evaluation_host;
5679 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5680 return condition_evaluation_target;
5682 return condition_evaluation_host;
5685 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5688 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5689 struct bp_location *loc)
5691 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5692 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5694 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5698 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5700 if (b->display_canonical)
5701 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5702 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5705 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5708 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5709 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5710 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5711 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5712 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5713 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5715 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5716 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5717 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5720 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5721 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5723 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5727 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5728 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5730 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5732 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5734 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5737 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5739 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5740 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5741 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5743 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5744 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5745 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5746 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5749 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5753 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5755 struct ep_type_description
5760 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5762 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5763 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5764 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5765 {bp_until, "until"},
5766 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5767 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5768 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5769 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5770 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5771 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5772 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5773 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5774 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5775 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5776 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5777 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5778 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5779 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5780 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5781 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5782 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5783 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5784 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5785 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5786 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5787 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5788 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5789 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5790 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5791 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5792 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5793 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5794 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5797 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5798 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5799 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5800 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5803 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5808 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5809 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5812 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5813 const char *field_name,
5817 struct cleanup *back_to;
5818 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5822 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5823 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5824 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5827 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
5829 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5835 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5836 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5841 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5843 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5845 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5849 do_cleanups (back_to);
5852 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5855 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5856 struct bp_location *loc,
5858 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5861 struct command_line *l;
5862 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5864 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5865 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5866 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5867 struct value_print_options opts;
5869 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5871 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5872 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5873 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5876 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5877 header_of_multiple = 1;
5885 if (part_of_multiple)
5888 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5889 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5894 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5899 if (part_of_multiple)
5900 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5902 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5906 if (part_of_multiple)
5907 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5909 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5914 if (part_of_multiple)
5915 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5917 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5918 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5919 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5923 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5925 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5926 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5927 make sure there's just one location. */
5928 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5929 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5935 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5936 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5940 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5941 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5942 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5944 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5946 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5947 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5948 is relatively readable). */
5949 if (opts.addressprint)
5950 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5952 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5957 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5961 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5962 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5964 case bp_exception_resume:
5965 case bp_step_resume:
5966 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5967 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5969 case bp_std_terminate:
5970 case bp_shlib_event:
5971 case bp_thread_event:
5972 case bp_overlay_event:
5973 case bp_longjmp_master:
5974 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5975 case bp_exception_master:
5977 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5978 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5981 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5982 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5983 if (opts.addressprint)
5986 if (header_of_multiple)
5987 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5988 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5989 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5991 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5992 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5995 if (!header_of_multiple)
5996 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6003 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6005 struct inferior *inf;
6006 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6011 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6012 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6015 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6016 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6018 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6019 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6020 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6021 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6022 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6023 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6025 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6026 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6029 if (!part_of_multiple)
6031 if (b->thread != -1)
6033 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6034 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6035 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6036 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6038 else if (b->task != 0)
6040 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6041 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6045 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6047 if (!part_of_multiple)
6048 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6050 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6053 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6054 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6056 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6057 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6058 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6061 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6064 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6065 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6067 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6068 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6070 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6071 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6072 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6073 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6074 == condition_evaluation_target)
6076 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6077 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6078 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6079 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6081 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6084 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6086 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6087 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6088 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6089 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6092 if (!part_of_multiple)
6096 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6097 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6098 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6099 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6100 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6102 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6103 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6104 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6105 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6106 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6108 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6112 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6113 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6114 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6118 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6121 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6122 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6123 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6126 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6127 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6128 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6129 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6132 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6133 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6134 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6135 if (b->ignore_count)
6136 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6138 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6139 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6140 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6143 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6145 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6147 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6149 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6150 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6151 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6155 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6156 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6158 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6161 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6162 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6163 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6166 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6168 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6170 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6172 annotate_field (10);
6173 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6174 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6175 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6178 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6180 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6182 annotate_field (11);
6184 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6185 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6186 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6190 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6192 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6193 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6198 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6200 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6202 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6204 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6206 else if (b->addr_string)
6207 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6212 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6213 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6216 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6217 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6219 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6221 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6222 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6224 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6225 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6226 locations, if any. */
6227 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6229 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6230 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6231 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6234 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6235 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6237 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6238 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6240 struct bp_location *loc;
6243 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6245 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6246 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6247 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6248 do_cleanups (inner2);
6255 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6257 int print_address_bits = 0;
6258 struct bp_location *loc;
6260 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6264 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6265 an address to print. */
6266 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6269 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6270 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6271 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6274 return print_address_bits;
6277 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6283 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6285 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6286 struct breakpoint *b;
6287 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6291 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6293 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6301 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6302 char **error_message)
6304 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6307 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6309 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6310 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6316 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6317 internal or momentary. */
6320 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6322 return b->number > 0;
6325 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6326 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6327 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6328 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6329 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6330 breakpoints listed. */
6333 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6334 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6336 struct breakpoint *b;
6337 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6338 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6339 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6340 struct value_print_options opts;
6341 int print_address_bits = 0;
6342 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6343 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6345 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6347 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6348 required for address fields. */
6349 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6352 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6353 if (filter && !filter (b))
6356 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6357 accept. Skip the others. */
6358 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6360 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6362 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6366 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6368 int addr_bit, type_len;
6370 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6371 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6372 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6374 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6375 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6376 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6378 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6382 if (opts.addressprint)
6384 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6385 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6389 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6390 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6393 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6394 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6395 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6397 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6398 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6400 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6401 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6402 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6404 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6405 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6407 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6408 if (opts.addressprint)
6410 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6412 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6413 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6414 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6416 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6417 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6419 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6421 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6422 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6423 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6424 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6429 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6430 if (filter && !filter (b))
6433 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6434 accept. Skip the others. */
6436 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6438 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6440 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6443 else /* all others */
6445 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6449 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6451 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6452 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6455 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6457 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6459 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6463 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6464 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6466 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6467 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6473 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6474 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6477 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6478 there have been breakpoints? */
6479 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6481 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6484 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6485 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6488 default_collect_info (void)
6490 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6492 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6493 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6495 if (!*default_collect)
6498 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6500 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6501 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6502 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6506 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6508 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6510 default_collect_info ();
6514 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6516 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6517 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6519 if (num_printed == 0)
6521 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6522 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6524 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6529 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6531 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6533 default_collect_info ();
6537 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6538 struct program_space *pspace,
6539 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6541 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6543 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6545 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6546 && bl->address == pc
6547 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6553 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6554 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6558 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6559 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6560 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6563 struct breakpoint *b;
6566 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6567 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6571 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6572 else /* if (others == ???) */
6573 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6575 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6578 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6579 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6580 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6581 else if (b->thread != -1)
6582 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6583 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6584 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6585 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6587 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6591 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6593 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6594 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6595 printf_filtered (".\n");
6600 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6601 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6602 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6603 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6605 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6606 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6607 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6608 breakpoint at address zero:
6616 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6618 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6620 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6623 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6624 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6627 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6628 struct bp_location *loc2)
6630 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6631 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6633 /* Both of them must exist. */
6634 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6635 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6637 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6638 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6639 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6640 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6641 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6642 other watchpoint. */
6644 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6646 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6649 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6651 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6655 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6656 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6657 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6658 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6659 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6660 become hw_access locations later. */
6661 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6662 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6663 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6664 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6667 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6668 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6669 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6670 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6673 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6674 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6676 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6677 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6681 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6682 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6683 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6684 space doesn't really matter. */
6687 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6688 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6691 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6692 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6693 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6696 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6697 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6698 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6699 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6702 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6703 struct address_space *aspace,
6706 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6709 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6710 bl->address, bl->length,
6714 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6715 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6716 true, otherwise returns false. */
6719 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6720 struct bp_location *loc2)
6722 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6723 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6724 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6725 different locations. */
6726 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6731 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6732 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6733 represent the same location. */
6736 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6737 struct bp_location *loc2)
6739 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6741 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6742 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6743 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6745 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6746 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6748 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6751 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6752 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6753 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6755 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6756 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6757 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6758 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6762 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6763 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6765 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6766 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6770 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6771 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6773 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6774 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6776 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6779 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6780 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6781 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6782 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6785 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6786 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6788 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6790 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6793 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6794 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6795 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6796 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6797 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6799 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6800 have their addresses modified. */
6805 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6807 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6808 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6809 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6811 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6812 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6814 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6815 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6817 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6822 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6823 struct breakpoint *owner)
6825 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6827 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6832 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6833 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6836 switch (owner->type)
6842 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6843 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6845 case bp_exception_resume:
6846 case bp_step_resume:
6847 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6848 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6850 case bp_std_terminate:
6851 case bp_shlib_event:
6852 case bp_thread_event:
6853 case bp_overlay_event:
6855 case bp_longjmp_master:
6856 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6857 case bp_exception_master:
6858 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6859 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6861 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6862 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6864 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6865 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6866 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6868 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6869 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6870 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6871 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6876 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6877 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6878 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6881 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6887 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6889 static struct bp_location *
6890 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6892 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6896 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6898 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6902 /* Increment reference count. */
6905 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6910 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6911 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6914 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6916 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6918 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6919 free_bp_location (*blp);
6923 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6926 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6928 struct breakpoint *b1;
6930 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6931 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6933 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6935 breakpoint_chain = b;
6944 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6947 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6948 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6950 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6952 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6954 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6958 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6959 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6960 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6962 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6965 b->ignore_count = 0;
6967 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6968 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6969 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6970 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6973 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6974 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6976 static struct breakpoint *
6977 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6979 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6981 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6983 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6984 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6988 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6989 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6993 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6995 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6997 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6998 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6999 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7002 const char *function_name;
7003 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7005 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7006 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7008 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7010 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7012 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7013 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7014 &loc->requested_address))
7016 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7017 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7018 loc->requested_address,
7021 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7022 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7024 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7025 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7026 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7027 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7029 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7034 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7038 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7040 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7043 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7045 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7050 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7051 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7052 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7054 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7055 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7056 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7059 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7060 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7061 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7063 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7065 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7067 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7068 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7070 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7071 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7073 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7074 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7077 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7078 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7079 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7080 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7081 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7082 is also returned as the value of this function.
7084 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7085 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7086 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7087 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7088 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7089 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7090 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7093 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7094 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7095 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7097 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7099 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7100 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7105 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7106 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7108 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7110 struct bp_location *bl;
7112 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7114 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7115 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7116 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7117 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7118 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7119 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7123 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7124 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7125 initiated the operation. */
7128 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7130 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7131 int thread = tp->num;
7133 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7134 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7135 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7136 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7137 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7138 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7139 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7140 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7142 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7143 struct breakpoint *clone;
7145 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7146 after their removal. */
7147 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7148 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7149 clone->thread = thread;
7152 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7155 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7157 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7159 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7161 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7162 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7164 if (b->thread == thread)
7165 delete_breakpoint (b);
7170 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7172 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7174 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7175 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7177 if (b->thread == thread)
7178 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7182 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7183 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7184 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7188 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7190 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7193 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7195 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7197 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7198 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7199 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7201 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7203 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7206 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7207 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7208 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7209 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7215 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7216 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7219 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7220 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7224 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7226 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7228 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7229 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7231 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7233 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7234 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7235 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7236 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7239 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7241 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7243 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7244 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7245 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7247 delete_breakpoint (b);
7252 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7254 struct breakpoint *b;
7257 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7259 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7260 update_global_location_list (1);
7261 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7266 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7268 struct breakpoint *b;
7271 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7273 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7274 update_global_location_list (0);
7275 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7279 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7280 master breakpoint. */
7282 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7284 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7286 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7287 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7288 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7290 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7291 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7295 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7297 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7299 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7301 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7302 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7303 delete_breakpoint (b);
7307 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7309 struct breakpoint *b;
7311 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7312 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7314 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7315 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7317 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7319 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7325 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7327 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7329 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7330 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7331 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7332 delete_breakpoint (b);
7335 struct lang_and_radix
7341 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7344 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7346 struct breakpoint *b;
7348 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7349 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7350 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7354 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7357 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7359 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7361 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7362 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7363 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7364 delete_breakpoint (b);
7368 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7370 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7372 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7373 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7374 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7375 delete_breakpoint (b);
7379 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7381 struct breakpoint *b;
7383 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7384 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7385 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7389 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7390 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7393 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7395 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7397 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7399 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7400 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7402 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7403 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7404 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7405 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7406 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7407 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7408 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7409 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7410 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7411 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7412 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7413 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7416 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7421 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7422 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7426 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7428 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7429 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7431 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7432 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7433 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7434 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7435 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7436 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7439 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7441 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7442 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7444 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7445 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7446 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7447 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7448 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7449 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7450 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7451 || is_tracepoint (b))
7452 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7454 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7455 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7456 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7457 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7460 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7461 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7463 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7465 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7466 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7467 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7470 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7475 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7477 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7478 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7479 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7480 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7481 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7483 struct fork_catchpoint
7485 /* The base class. */
7486 struct breakpoint base;
7488 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7489 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7490 catchpoint has triggered. */
7491 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7494 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7498 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7500 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7503 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7507 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7509 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7512 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7516 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7517 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7518 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7520 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7522 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7525 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7529 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7532 static enum print_stop_action
7533 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7535 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7536 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7537 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7539 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7540 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7541 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7543 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7544 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7546 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7547 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7548 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7550 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7551 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7552 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7553 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7554 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7557 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7561 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7563 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7564 struct value_print_options opts;
7565 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7567 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7569 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7570 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7572 if (opts.addressprint)
7573 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7575 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7576 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7578 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7579 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7580 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7581 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7584 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7585 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7588 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7592 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7594 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7597 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7601 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7603 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7604 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7607 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7609 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7611 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7615 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7617 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7620 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7624 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7626 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7629 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7633 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7634 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7635 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7637 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7639 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7642 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7646 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7649 static enum print_stop_action
7650 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7652 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7653 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7654 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7656 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7657 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7658 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7660 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7661 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7663 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7664 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7665 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7667 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7668 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7669 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7670 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7671 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7674 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7678 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7680 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7681 struct value_print_options opts;
7682 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7684 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7685 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7686 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7688 if (opts.addressprint)
7689 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7691 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7692 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7694 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7695 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7696 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7697 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7700 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7701 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7704 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7708 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7710 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7713 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7717 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7719 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7720 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7723 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7725 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7727 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7728 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7729 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7730 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7731 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7733 struct solib_catchpoint
7735 /* The base class. */
7736 struct breakpoint base;
7738 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7739 unsigned char is_load;
7741 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7742 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7748 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7750 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7753 regfree (&self->compiled);
7754 xfree (self->regex);
7756 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7760 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7766 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7772 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7773 struct address_space *aspace,
7775 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7777 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7778 struct breakpoint *other;
7780 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7783 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7785 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7787 if (other == bl->owner)
7790 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7793 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7796 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7798 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7807 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7809 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7810 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7815 struct so_list *iter;
7818 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7823 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7832 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7837 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7843 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7846 static enum print_stop_action
7847 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7849 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7850 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7852 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7853 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7854 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7856 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7857 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7858 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7859 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7860 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7861 print_solib_event (1);
7862 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7866 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7868 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7869 struct value_print_options opts;
7870 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7873 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7874 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7875 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7877 if (opts.addressprint)
7880 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7887 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7889 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7894 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7896 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7898 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7901 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7902 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
7903 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7907 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7909 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7911 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7912 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7916 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7918 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7920 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7921 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7922 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7924 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7925 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7928 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7930 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7931 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7932 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7933 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7934 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7935 created in an enabled state. */
7938 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
7940 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7941 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7942 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7946 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7948 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7949 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7955 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7958 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7960 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7961 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7963 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7966 c->is_load = is_load;
7967 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
7968 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7970 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7972 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7973 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7976 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7980 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7981 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7984 const int enabled = 1;
7986 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7988 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
7992 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7993 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7995 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7999 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8000 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8002 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8005 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8006 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8007 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8008 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8009 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8011 struct syscall_catchpoint
8013 /* The base class. */
8014 struct breakpoint base;
8016 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8017 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8018 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8019 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8020 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8023 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8027 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8029 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8031 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8033 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8036 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8038 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8040 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8041 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8042 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8044 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8045 int any_syscall_count;
8047 /* Count of each system call. */
8048 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8050 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8051 if any catching is necessary. */
8052 int total_syscalls_count;
8055 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8056 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8058 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8060 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8061 if (inf_data == NULL)
8063 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8064 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8071 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8077 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8081 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8083 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8084 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8085 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8086 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8088 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8089 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8090 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8096 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8101 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8103 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8104 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8105 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8107 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8108 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8109 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8111 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8112 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8114 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8115 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8119 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8120 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8121 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8123 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8125 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8128 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8132 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8134 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8135 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8136 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8137 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8139 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8140 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8141 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8147 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8151 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8152 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8154 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8155 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8159 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8160 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8161 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8163 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8165 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8168 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8172 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8173 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8174 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8176 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8177 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8178 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8179 int syscall_number = 0;
8180 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8181 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8183 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8184 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8187 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8189 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8190 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8195 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8197 if (syscall_number == iter)
8207 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8210 static enum print_stop_action
8211 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8213 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8214 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8215 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8216 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8217 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8218 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8220 struct target_waitstatus last;
8223 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8225 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8227 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8229 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8230 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8232 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8233 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8235 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8236 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8237 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8238 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8239 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8241 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8243 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8244 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8246 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8248 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8249 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8251 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8253 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8255 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8258 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8262 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8263 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8265 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8266 struct value_print_options opts;
8267 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8269 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8270 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8271 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8273 if (opts.addressprint)
8274 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8277 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8278 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8279 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8281 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8283 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8286 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8289 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8294 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8297 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8299 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8301 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8302 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8306 /* Remove the last comma. */
8307 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8308 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8311 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8312 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8314 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8315 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8318 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8322 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8324 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8326 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8330 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8331 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8333 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8336 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8340 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8343 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8345 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8347 printf_filtered (")");
8350 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8354 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8358 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8360 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8362 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8364 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8369 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8374 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8376 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8378 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8381 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8384 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8386 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8388 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8391 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8393 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8396 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8397 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8398 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8399 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8402 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8403 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8405 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8407 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8410 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8412 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8414 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8415 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8419 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8421 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8422 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8423 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8424 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8427 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8430 update_global_location_list (1);
8434 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8435 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8436 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8438 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8440 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8442 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8444 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8447 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8449 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8450 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8451 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8452 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8453 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8455 struct exec_catchpoint
8457 /* The base class. */
8458 struct breakpoint base;
8460 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8461 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8463 char *exec_pathname;
8466 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8470 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8472 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8474 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8476 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8480 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8482 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8486 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8488 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8492 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8493 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8494 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8496 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8498 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8501 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8505 static enum print_stop_action
8506 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8508 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8509 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8510 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8512 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8513 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8514 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8516 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8517 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8519 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8520 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8521 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8523 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8524 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8525 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8526 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8528 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8532 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8534 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8535 struct value_print_options opts;
8536 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8538 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8540 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8541 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8542 is relatively readable). */
8543 if (opts.addressprint)
8544 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8546 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8547 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8549 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8550 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8551 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8554 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8555 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8559 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8561 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8564 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8568 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8570 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8571 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8574 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8577 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8578 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8580 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8581 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8583 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8584 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8585 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8587 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8591 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8594 struct breakpoint *b;
8595 struct bp_location *bl;
8599 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8600 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8602 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8604 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8611 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8615 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8618 struct bp_location *bl;
8620 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8623 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8625 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8627 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8633 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8634 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8635 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8636 types _not_ TYPE. */
8639 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8640 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8643 struct breakpoint *b;
8645 *other_type_used = 0;
8650 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8653 if (b->type == type)
8654 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8655 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8656 *other_type_used = 1;
8663 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8665 struct breakpoint *b;
8669 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8671 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8672 update_global_location_list (0);
8678 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8680 struct breakpoint *b;
8684 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8686 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8687 update_global_location_list (1);
8693 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8695 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8696 update_global_location_list (0);
8700 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8702 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8703 breakpoint_re_set ();
8707 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8708 at address specified by SAL.
8709 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8712 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8713 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8715 struct breakpoint *b;
8717 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8719 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8721 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8722 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8723 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8724 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8726 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8727 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8729 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8730 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8732 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8737 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8738 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8741 static struct breakpoint *
8742 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8744 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8746 struct breakpoint *copy;
8748 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8749 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8750 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8752 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8753 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8754 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8755 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8756 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8757 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8758 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8759 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8760 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8761 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8762 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8764 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8765 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8766 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8768 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8772 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8776 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8778 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8782 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8786 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8789 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8791 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8793 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8794 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8796 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8800 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8803 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8805 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8806 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8808 printf_filtered ("\n");
8812 static struct bp_location *
8813 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8814 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8816 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8817 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8818 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8820 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8821 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8823 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8824 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8825 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8826 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8827 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8828 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8829 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8832 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8833 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8834 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8835 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8840 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8841 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8842 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8843 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8844 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8845 loc->section = sal->section;
8846 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8847 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8848 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8850 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8851 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8856 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8857 return 0 otherwise. */
8860 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8864 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8865 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8866 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8869 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8871 addr = loc->address;
8872 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8874 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8878 target_mem = alloca (len);
8880 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8881 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8882 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8883 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8885 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8886 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8888 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8889 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8892 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8897 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8898 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8901 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8903 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8904 char *printf_line = NULL;
8909 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8911 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8913 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8915 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8917 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8918 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8920 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8921 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8922 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8924 if (!dprintf_function)
8925 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8927 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8928 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8933 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8937 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8939 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8940 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8943 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8944 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8948 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8949 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8951 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8952 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8954 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8956 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8958 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8959 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8960 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8961 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8962 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8963 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8966 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8967 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8968 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8969 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8970 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8971 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8973 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8977 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8978 current style settings. */
8981 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8982 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8984 struct breakpoint *b;
8988 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8989 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8993 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8994 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8995 as condition expression. */
8998 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8999 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9000 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9002 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9003 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9004 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9005 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9006 int display_canonical)
9010 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9012 int target_resources_ok;
9014 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9015 target_resources_ok =
9016 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9018 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9019 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9020 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9021 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9024 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9026 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9028 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9029 struct bp_location *loc;
9033 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9035 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9037 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9038 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9043 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9047 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9048 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9049 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9050 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9051 b->disposition = disposition;
9053 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9054 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9056 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9058 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9059 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9061 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9063 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9064 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9065 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9069 p = skip_spaces (p);
9071 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9073 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9074 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9076 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9078 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9080 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9082 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9083 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9085 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9087 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9090 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9091 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9098 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9099 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9103 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9104 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9108 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9110 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9111 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9113 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9116 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9117 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9118 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9120 if (b->extra_string)
9121 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9123 error (_("Format string required"));
9125 else if (b->extra_string)
9126 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9129 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9131 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9133 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9136 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9141 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9142 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9143 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9145 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9146 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9147 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9148 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9149 int display_canonical)
9151 struct breakpoint *b;
9152 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9154 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9156 struct tracepoint *t;
9158 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9162 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9164 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9166 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9168 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9170 thread, task, ignore_count,
9172 enabled, internal, flags,
9174 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9176 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9179 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9180 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9181 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9182 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9183 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9184 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9185 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9186 we take just a single condition string.
9188 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9189 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9190 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9191 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9192 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9195 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9196 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9197 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9198 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9199 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9200 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9201 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9204 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9206 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9207 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9209 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9211 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9212 'break', without arguments. */
9213 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9214 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9216 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9217 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9219 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9220 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9223 cond_string, extra_string,
9225 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9226 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9227 canonical->special_display);
9228 discard_cleanups (inner);
9232 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9233 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9234 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9235 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9237 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9238 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9241 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9242 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9244 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9246 if ((*address) == NULL
9247 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9249 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9251 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9253 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9254 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9257 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9258 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9259 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9261 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9262 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9263 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9264 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9265 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9266 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9268 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9270 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9271 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9272 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9273 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9274 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9276 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9278 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9279 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9280 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9282 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9285 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9289 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9291 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9292 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9293 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9294 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9296 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9297 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9298 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9300 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9301 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9302 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9303 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9304 get_last_displayed_line (),
9305 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9307 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9308 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9313 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9314 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9317 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9321 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9322 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9325 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9326 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9327 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9328 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9329 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9333 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9334 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9337 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9339 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9341 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9343 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9345 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9347 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9348 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9349 associated with SAL. */
9352 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9354 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9357 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9358 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9360 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9364 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9366 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9367 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9369 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9372 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9373 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9374 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9375 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9376 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9377 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9380 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9381 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9384 *cond_string = NULL;
9391 const char *end_tok;
9393 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9394 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9396 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9398 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9400 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9404 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9406 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9408 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9410 struct expression *expr;
9412 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9413 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9416 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9418 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9423 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9425 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9426 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9427 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9430 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9435 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9437 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9438 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9439 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9444 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9448 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9452 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9454 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9455 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9457 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9458 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9459 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9460 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9465 p = skip_spaces (p);
9467 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9469 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9470 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9472 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9473 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9474 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9476 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9477 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9479 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9481 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9483 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9485 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9487 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9488 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9490 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9493 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9499 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9500 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9501 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9502 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9503 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9504 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9505 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9506 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9507 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9508 was created; false otherwise. */
9511 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9512 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9513 int thread, char *extra_string,
9515 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9517 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9518 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9519 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9522 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9523 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9524 char *addr_start = arg;
9525 struct linespec_result canonical;
9526 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9527 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9530 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9532 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9534 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9536 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9538 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9539 addr_start, ©_arg);
9542 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9546 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9552 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9554 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9557 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9558 throw_exception (e);
9560 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9562 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9563 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9564 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9565 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9566 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9569 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9570 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9571 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9572 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9574 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9576 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9577 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9578 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9579 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9580 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9582 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9586 throw_exception (e);
9590 throw_exception (e);
9593 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9594 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9596 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9597 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9598 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9599 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9600 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9602 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9603 are ok for the target. */
9607 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9609 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9610 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9613 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9614 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9617 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9619 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9620 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9623 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9624 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9628 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9630 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9635 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9636 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9637 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9638 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9640 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9641 &thread, &task, &rest);
9643 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9645 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9647 extra_string = rest;
9652 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
9654 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9657 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9658 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9660 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9663 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9664 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9668 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9669 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9670 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9671 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9672 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9676 struct breakpoint *b;
9678 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9680 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9682 struct tracepoint *t;
9684 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9688 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9690 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9692 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9694 b->cond_string = NULL;
9697 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9700 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9701 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9703 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9705 b->extra_string = NULL;
9706 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9707 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9708 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9709 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9710 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9711 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9712 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9714 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9717 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9719 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9720 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9721 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9724 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9726 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9727 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9728 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9730 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9731 update_global_location_list (1);
9736 /* Set a breakpoint.
9737 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9738 condition, and thread.
9739 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9740 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9744 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9746 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9747 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9748 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9750 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9751 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9753 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9754 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9755 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9757 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9759 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9761 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9762 tempflag, type_wanted,
9763 0 /* Ignore count */,
9764 pending_break_support,
9772 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9775 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9779 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9781 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9782 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9783 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9786 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9787 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9788 if (sal->explicit_line)
9789 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9792 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9794 struct blockvector *bv;
9798 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9801 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9804 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9805 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
9809 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9810 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9811 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9812 happen in assembly source). */
9814 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
9815 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9817 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9819 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9821 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9823 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9830 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9832 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9836 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9838 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9842 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9844 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9848 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9850 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9854 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9856 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9857 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9858 stop at <line>\n"));
9862 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9866 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9868 else if (*arg != '*')
9873 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9874 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9875 function/method name. */
9876 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9878 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9883 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9885 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9889 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9891 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9895 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9899 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9906 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9907 it is probably a line number. */
9908 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9910 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9915 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9917 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9921 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9923 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9926 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9927 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9928 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9932 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9934 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9936 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9938 0 /* Ignore count */,
9939 pending_break_support,
9940 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9948 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9950 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9953 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9954 ranged breakpoints. */
9957 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9958 struct address_space *aspace,
9960 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9962 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9963 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9966 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9967 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9970 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9971 ranged breakpoints. */
9974 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9976 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9979 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9980 ranged breakpoints. */
9982 static enum print_stop_action
9983 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9985 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9986 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9987 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9989 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9991 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9992 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9994 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9995 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9996 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9998 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9999 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10001 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10002 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10003 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10005 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10006 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10008 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10011 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10012 ranged breakpoints. */
10015 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10016 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10018 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10019 struct value_print_options opts;
10020 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10022 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10023 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10025 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10027 if (opts.addressprint)
10028 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10029 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10030 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10031 annotate_field (5);
10032 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10036 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10037 ranged breakpoints. */
10040 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10041 struct ui_out *uiout)
10043 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10044 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10045 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10046 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10050 address_start = bl->address;
10051 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10053 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10054 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10055 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10056 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10057 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10058 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10060 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10063 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10064 ranged breakpoints. */
10067 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10069 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10070 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10073 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10075 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10078 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10079 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10080 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10083 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10084 ranged breakpoints. */
10087 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10089 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10090 b->addr_string_range_end);
10091 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10094 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10096 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10098 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10099 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10100 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10101 last instruction of the given line. */
10104 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10108 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10109 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10110 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10117 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10119 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10121 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10128 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10131 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10133 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10134 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10135 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10137 struct breakpoint *b;
10138 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10139 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10140 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10142 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10143 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10144 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10146 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10147 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10148 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10150 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10151 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10153 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10154 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10155 error(_("No address range specified."));
10157 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10160 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10162 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10165 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10166 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10167 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10169 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10171 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10172 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10173 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10175 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10176 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10177 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10179 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10180 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10182 /* Parse the end location. */
10184 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10187 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10188 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10189 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10190 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10191 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10192 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10193 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10194 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10196 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10198 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10199 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10201 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10202 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10203 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10204 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10206 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10207 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10208 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10210 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10211 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10212 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10214 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10216 /* Length overflowed. */
10217 error (_("Address range too large."));
10218 else if (length == 1)
10220 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10221 the `hbreak' command. */
10222 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10224 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10229 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10230 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10231 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10232 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10233 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10234 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10235 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10236 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10237 b->loc->length = length;
10239 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10242 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10243 update_global_location_list (1);
10246 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10247 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10248 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10252 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10254 int i = exp->nelts;
10260 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10261 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10264 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10274 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10275 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10276 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10277 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10278 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10280 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10309 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10312 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10313 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10318 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10319 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10320 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10321 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10322 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10323 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10324 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10326 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10327 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10332 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10334 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10335 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10336 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10337 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10339 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10340 are always constant. */
10342 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10344 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10345 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10346 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10351 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10352 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10353 then it is not a constant. */
10362 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10365 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10367 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10369 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10371 xfree (w->exp_string);
10372 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10373 value_free (w->val);
10375 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10378 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10381 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10383 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10385 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10386 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10388 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10389 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10390 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10391 are loaded and unloaded.
10393 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10394 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10395 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10396 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10397 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10398 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10400 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10401 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10402 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10403 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10405 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10406 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10408 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10409 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10410 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10413 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10416 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10418 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10419 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10421 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10425 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10428 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10430 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10431 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10433 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10438 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10439 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10440 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10442 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10443 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10445 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10446 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10447 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10448 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10449 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10450 (did not match the data address). */
10451 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10452 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10459 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10461 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10463 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10466 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10467 hardware watchpoints. */
10470 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10472 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10473 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10475 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10478 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10479 hardware watchpoints. */
10482 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10484 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10485 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10488 static enum print_stop_action
10489 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10491 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10492 struct breakpoint *b;
10493 struct ui_file *stb;
10494 enum print_stop_action result;
10495 struct watchpoint *w;
10496 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10498 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10500 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10501 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10503 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10504 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10508 case bp_watchpoint:
10509 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10510 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10511 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10512 ui_out_field_string
10514 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10516 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10517 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10518 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10519 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10520 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10521 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10522 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10523 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10524 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10525 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10528 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10529 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10530 ui_out_field_string
10532 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10534 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10535 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10536 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10537 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10538 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10539 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10542 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10543 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10545 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10546 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10547 ui_out_field_string
10549 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10551 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10552 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10553 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10554 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10555 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10560 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10561 ui_out_field_string
10563 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10564 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10565 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10567 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10568 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10569 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10570 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10573 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10576 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10580 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10584 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10586 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10587 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10588 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10592 case bp_watchpoint:
10593 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10594 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10596 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10597 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10598 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10600 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10601 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10602 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10604 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10605 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10606 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10609 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10610 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10613 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10614 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10615 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10616 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10619 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10623 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10625 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10629 case bp_watchpoint:
10630 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10631 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10633 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10634 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10636 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10637 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10640 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10641 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10644 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10645 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10648 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10650 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10652 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10653 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10656 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10658 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10660 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10661 bl->watchpoint_type);
10664 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10665 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10668 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10670 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10672 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10673 bl->watchpoint_type);
10676 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10677 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10680 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10682 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10684 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10687 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10688 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10691 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10696 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10697 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10699 static enum print_stop_action
10700 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10702 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10703 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10705 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10706 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10710 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10711 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10712 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10713 ui_out_field_string
10715 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10718 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10720 ui_out_field_string
10722 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10725 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10726 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10727 ui_out_field_string
10729 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10732 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10733 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10737 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10738 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10739 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10740 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10742 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10743 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10746 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10747 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10750 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10751 struct ui_out *uiout)
10753 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10755 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10756 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10758 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10759 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10760 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10763 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10764 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10767 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10769 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10770 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10771 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10775 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10776 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10777 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10779 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10780 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10781 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10783 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10784 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10785 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10788 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10789 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10792 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10793 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10794 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10795 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10798 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10799 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10802 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10804 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10809 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10810 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10812 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10813 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10815 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10819 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10820 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10823 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10824 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10825 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10828 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10830 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10832 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10835 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10837 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10840 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10841 hw_read: watch read,
10842 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10844 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10845 int just_location, int internal)
10847 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10848 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10849 struct expression *exp;
10850 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10851 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10852 struct frame_info *frame;
10853 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10854 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10855 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10857 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10858 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10859 enum bptype bp_type;
10862 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10863 the hardware watchpoint. */
10865 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10866 struct watchpoint *w;
10868 struct cleanup *back_to;
10870 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10871 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10873 const char *value_start;
10875 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
10877 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10878 of the arguments string. */
10879 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10881 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10882 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10885 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10886 This is the value of the parameter. */
10887 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10889 value_start = tok + 1;
10891 /* Skip whitespace. */
10892 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10897 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10898 This is the parameter itself. */
10899 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10902 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10904 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10906 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10907 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10908 only in a specific thread. */
10912 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10914 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10915 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10917 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10919 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10920 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10922 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10923 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10924 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10926 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10928 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10929 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10931 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10934 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10936 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10938 mark = value_mark ();
10939 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10940 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10941 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10944 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10947 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10948 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10955 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10956 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10958 innermost_block = NULL;
10959 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
10960 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
10961 exp_start = arg = expression;
10962 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10964 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10965 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10967 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10970 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10971 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10975 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10976 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10978 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10981 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10982 mark = value_mark ();
10983 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10989 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10990 val = value_addr (result);
10991 release_value (val);
10992 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10996 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10999 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11000 else if (ret == -2)
11001 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11004 else if (val != NULL)
11005 release_value (val);
11007 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11008 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11010 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11011 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11013 struct expression *cond;
11015 innermost_block = NULL;
11016 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11017 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11019 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11020 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11021 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11027 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11029 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11030 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11031 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11032 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11034 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11036 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11038 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11039 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11040 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11041 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11042 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11044 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11047 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11048 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11049 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11050 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11052 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11054 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11055 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11057 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11058 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11060 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11061 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11062 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11063 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11064 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11065 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11066 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11067 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11068 scope_breakpoint->type);
11072 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11074 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11077 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11078 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11080 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11081 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11082 b->thread = thread;
11083 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11084 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11086 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11087 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11090 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11091 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11094 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11095 name = type_to_string (t);
11097 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11098 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11101 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11102 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11104 /* The above expression is in C. */
11105 b->language = language_c;
11108 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11112 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11121 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11123 b->cond_string = 0;
11127 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11128 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11132 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11133 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11136 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11138 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11139 need to act on them together. */
11140 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11141 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11144 if (!just_location)
11145 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11147 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11149 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11150 that should be inserted. */
11151 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11155 delete_breakpoint (b);
11156 throw_exception (e);
11159 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11160 do_cleanups (back_to);
11163 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11164 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11167 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11169 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11170 struct value *head = v;
11172 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11173 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11176 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11177 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11178 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11179 hardware watchpoint.
11181 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11182 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11183 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11184 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11185 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11186 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11187 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11188 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11189 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11191 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11192 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11193 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11194 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11195 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11197 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11199 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11200 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11201 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11202 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11203 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11204 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11208 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11209 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11210 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11212 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11213 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11214 middle of some value chain. */
11216 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11217 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11219 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11223 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11224 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11225 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11227 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11231 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11235 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11236 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11237 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11238 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11239 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11242 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11243 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11244 return found_memory_cnt;
11248 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11250 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11253 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11254 calls watch_command_1. */
11257 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11259 int just_location = 0;
11262 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11263 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11265 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11269 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11273 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11275 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11279 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11281 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11285 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11287 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11291 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11293 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11297 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11299 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11303 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11304 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11306 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11308 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11309 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11313 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11314 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11315 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11318 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11320 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11322 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11323 if (a->breakpoint2)
11324 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11325 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11329 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11331 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11332 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11333 struct frame_info *frame;
11334 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11335 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11336 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11337 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11338 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11339 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11341 struct thread_info *tp;
11343 clear_proceed_status ();
11345 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11348 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11349 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11350 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11351 get_last_displayed_line ());
11353 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11354 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11356 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11357 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11359 sal = sals.sals[0];
11360 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11363 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11365 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11367 tp = inferior_thread ();
11370 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11372 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11373 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11374 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11377 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11378 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11379 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11380 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11382 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11385 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11387 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11389 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11390 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11391 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11395 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11397 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11398 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11401 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11405 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11406 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11407 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11408 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11410 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11411 only at the very same frame. */
11412 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11413 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11414 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11416 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11418 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11419 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11420 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11421 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11423 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11425 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11426 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11428 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11429 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11430 args->thread_num = thread;
11432 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11433 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11434 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11438 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11441 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11442 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11444 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11445 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11446 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11447 if clause in the arg string. */
11450 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11454 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11457 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11460 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11461 condition string. */
11462 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11463 cond_string = *arg;
11465 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11467 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11469 return cond_string;
11472 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11473 process start/exit, etc. */
11477 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11478 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11483 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11484 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11486 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11487 char *cond_string = NULL;
11488 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11491 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11492 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11493 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11497 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11499 /* The allowed syntax is:
11501 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11503 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11504 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11506 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11507 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11509 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11510 and enable reporting of such events. */
11513 case catch_fork_temporary:
11514 case catch_fork_permanent:
11515 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11516 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11518 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11519 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11520 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11521 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11524 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11530 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11531 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11533 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11534 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11536 char *cond_string = NULL;
11538 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11542 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11544 /* The allowed syntax is:
11546 catch exec if <cond>
11548 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11549 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11551 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11552 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11554 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11555 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11556 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11557 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11559 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11563 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11564 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11565 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11567 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11573 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11575 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11577 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11578 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11579 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11580 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11581 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11582 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11583 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11584 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11585 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11586 enough for now, though. */
11589 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11591 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11592 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11593 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11594 b->language = language_ada;
11597 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11598 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11600 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11602 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11603 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11605 while (*arg != '\0')
11607 int i, syscall_number;
11609 char cur_name[128];
11612 /* Skip whitespace. */
11613 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11615 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11616 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11617 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11620 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11621 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11622 if (*endptr == '\0')
11623 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11626 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11628 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11630 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11631 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11632 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11633 syscall number to be caught. */
11634 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11637 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11638 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11641 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11645 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11648 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11649 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11654 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11656 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11657 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11658 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11659 this architecture yet."));
11661 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11663 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11665 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11666 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11667 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11668 for his/her architecture. */
11669 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11671 /* The allowed syntax is:
11673 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11675 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11678 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11682 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11683 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11687 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11689 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11694 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11696 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11699 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11702 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11704 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11705 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11706 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11707 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11709 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11711 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11714 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11718 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11721 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11724 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11726 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11727 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11730 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11731 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11733 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11737 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11738 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11739 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11740 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11745 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11746 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11747 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11748 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11750 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11751 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11752 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11753 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11754 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11755 error (_("No source file specified."));
11757 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11763 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11764 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11765 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11766 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11768 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11769 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11770 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11771 due to optimization, all in one block.
11773 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11774 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11775 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11776 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11777 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11778 to support that. */
11780 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11781 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11782 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11786 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11787 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11789 const char *sal_fullname;
11791 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11792 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11793 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11796 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11801 1 0 <can't happen> */
11803 sal = sals.sals[i];
11804 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11805 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11807 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11808 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11811 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11812 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11814 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11815 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11817 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11818 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11819 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11821 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11822 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11823 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11824 || loc->section == sal.section));
11825 int line_match = 0;
11827 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11828 && loc->symtab != NULL
11829 && sal_fullname != NULL
11830 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11831 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11832 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11833 sal_fullname) == 0)
11836 if (pc_match || line_match)
11845 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11849 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11850 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11853 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11855 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11858 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11859 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11860 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11861 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11862 compare_breakpoints);
11863 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11864 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11868 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11873 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11874 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11877 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11878 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11880 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11883 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11886 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11887 delete_breakpoint (b);
11890 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11892 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11895 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11896 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11897 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11900 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11902 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11904 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11905 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11906 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11908 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11910 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11912 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11913 delete_breakpoint (b);
11917 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11918 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11919 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11920 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11921 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11922 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11925 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11927 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
11928 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
11929 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11930 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11931 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11933 if (a->address != b->address)
11934 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11936 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11937 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11940 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11941 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11942 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11944 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11945 if (a_perm != b_perm)
11946 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
11948 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11949 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11950 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11952 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11953 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11954 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11956 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11959 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11960 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11961 content of the bp_location array. */
11964 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11966 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11968 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11969 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11971 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11973 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11975 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11978 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11979 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11981 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11982 addr = bl->address - start;
11983 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
11984 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11986 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11988 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11989 addr = end - bl->address;
11990 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
11991 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
11995 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11998 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12000 struct breakpoint *b;
12001 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12003 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12006 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12008 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12010 struct bp_location *bl;
12011 struct tracepoint *t;
12012 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12014 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12015 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12016 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12019 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12021 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12022 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12023 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12024 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12027 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12029 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12032 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12034 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12035 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12036 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12037 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12040 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12043 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12046 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12048 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12049 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12050 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12051 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12053 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12054 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12055 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12056 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12057 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12059 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12060 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12061 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12062 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12063 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12064 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12065 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12066 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12069 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12070 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12071 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12075 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12077 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12078 struct bp_location *loc;
12079 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12082 address = bl->address;
12083 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12085 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12086 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12087 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12089 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12090 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12093 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12094 the same program space as the location
12095 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12096 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12097 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12101 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12102 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12105 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12106 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12107 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12108 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12109 that have already been marked. */
12110 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12112 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12114 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12116 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12117 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12122 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12123 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12124 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12125 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12126 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12127 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12128 returns true on them.
12130 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12131 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12132 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12133 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12134 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12135 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12138 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12140 struct breakpoint *b;
12141 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12142 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12143 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12144 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12145 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12146 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12148 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12149 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12150 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12151 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12152 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12154 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12155 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12156 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12157 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12159 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12160 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12161 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12162 unsigned old_location_count;
12164 old_location = bp_location;
12165 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12166 bp_location = NULL;
12167 bp_location_count = 0;
12168 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12170 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12171 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12172 bp_location_count++;
12174 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12175 locp = bp_location;
12176 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12177 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12179 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12180 bp_location_compare);
12182 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12184 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12185 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12186 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12187 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12188 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12191 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12192 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12194 locp = bp_location;
12195 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12198 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12199 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12201 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12202 not, we have to free it. */
12203 int found_object = 0;
12204 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12205 int keep_in_target = 0;
12208 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12209 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12210 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12211 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12215 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12216 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12219 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12220 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12221 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12223 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12224 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12225 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12227 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12228 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12231 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12235 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12236 have to go through updates again. */
12237 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12239 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12241 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12243 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12244 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12245 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12246 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12247 at certain location is not inserted. */
12249 if (old_loc->inserted)
12251 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12254 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12256 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12257 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12258 keep_in_target = 1;
12262 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12263 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12264 remove its target-side condition. */
12266 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12267 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12268 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12269 this one from the target. */
12271 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12272 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12275 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12276 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12279 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12281 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12283 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12284 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12285 supported, but the latter are. */
12286 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12288 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12289 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12292 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12293 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12295 if (loc2 != old_loc
12296 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12298 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12299 keep_in_target = 1;
12307 if (!keep_in_target)
12309 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12311 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12312 this location on the global list, and try to
12313 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12314 reason why we will succeed next time.
12316 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12317 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12318 only after calling us. */
12319 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12320 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12321 old_loc->owner->number);
12329 if (removed && non_stop
12330 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12331 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12333 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12334 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12335 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12336 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12337 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12338 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12339 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12340 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12341 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12342 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12343 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12344 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12345 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12346 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12349 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12350 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12352 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12353 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12354 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12355 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12356 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12357 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12358 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12359 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12360 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12361 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12362 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12363 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12364 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12367 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12368 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12369 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12370 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12372 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12373 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12374 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12375 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12376 traps we can no longer explain. */
12378 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12379 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12381 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12385 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12386 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12391 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12392 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12393 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12394 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12395 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12396 are sorted first for the same address.
12398 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12399 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12401 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12402 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12403 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12404 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12405 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12407 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12409 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12412 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12413 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12414 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12415 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12416 `struct bp_location'. */
12417 || is_tracepoint (b))
12419 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12420 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12424 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12425 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12426 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12427 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12428 "actually inserted"));
12430 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12431 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12432 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12433 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12434 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12435 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12437 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12439 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12440 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12441 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12443 *loc_first_p = loc;
12444 loc->duplicate = 0;
12446 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12448 loc->needs_update = 1;
12449 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12450 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12456 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12457 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12458 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12460 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12461 loc->duplicate = 1;
12463 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12464 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12466 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12467 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12468 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12469 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12470 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12473 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12474 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12475 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12478 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12481 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12482 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12483 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12485 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12490 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12492 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12496 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12498 struct bp_location *loc;
12501 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12502 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12504 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12505 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12511 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12513 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12515 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12516 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12519 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12522 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12526 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12527 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12529 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12530 bs->old_val = NULL;
12531 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12535 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12537 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12539 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12541 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12545 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12549 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12551 struct value_print_options opts;
12553 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12555 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12557 if (b->loc == NULL)
12559 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12563 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12565 printf_filtered (" at ");
12566 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12569 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12571 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12573 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12574 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12575 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12576 b->loc->line_number);
12578 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12579 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12580 real situation somewhat. */
12581 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12586 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12588 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12590 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12595 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12598 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12600 xfree (self->cond);
12601 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12602 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12603 xfree (self->function_name);
12606 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12611 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12615 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12617 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12618 xfree (self->cond_string);
12619 xfree (self->extra_string);
12620 xfree (self->addr_string);
12621 xfree (self->filter);
12622 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12625 static struct bp_location *
12626 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12628 struct bp_location *loc;
12630 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12631 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12636 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12638 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12641 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12642 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12645 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12647 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12651 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12653 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12657 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12658 struct address_space *aspace,
12660 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12662 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12666 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12671 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12675 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12677 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12680 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12684 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12686 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12689 static enum print_stop_action
12690 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12692 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12696 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12697 struct ui_out *uiout)
12703 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12705 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12709 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12711 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12715 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12716 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12717 enum bptype type_wanted,
12721 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12725 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12726 struct linespec_result *c,
12727 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12729 char *extra_string,
12730 enum bptype type_wanted,
12731 enum bpdisp disposition,
12733 int task, int ignore_count,
12734 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12735 int from_tty, int enabled,
12736 int internal, unsigned flags)
12738 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12742 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12743 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12745 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12748 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12750 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12751 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b)
12753 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
12756 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12758 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12759 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12760 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12761 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12762 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12763 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12764 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12765 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12766 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12767 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12769 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12770 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12771 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12772 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12773 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12774 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12775 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12778 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12781 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12783 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12784 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12786 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12787 delete_breakpoint (b);
12791 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12795 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12797 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12798 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12801 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12806 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12808 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12809 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12811 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12815 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12816 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12817 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12819 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12820 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12823 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12827 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12828 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12829 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12836 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12838 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12843 static enum print_stop_action
12844 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12846 struct breakpoint *b;
12847 const struct bp_location *bl;
12849 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12851 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12853 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12854 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12856 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12857 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12858 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12861 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12863 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12865 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12866 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12868 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12869 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12870 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12872 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12873 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12875 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12879 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12881 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12886 case bp_breakpoint:
12887 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12888 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12889 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12891 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12892 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12893 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12894 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12896 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12897 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12900 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12908 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12910 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12911 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12912 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12913 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12914 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12915 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12916 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12917 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12918 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12920 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12921 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12923 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12924 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12928 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12929 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12930 enum bptype type_wanted,
12931 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12933 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12934 addr_start, copy_arg);
12938 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12939 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12940 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12942 char *extra_string,
12943 enum bptype type_wanted,
12944 enum bpdisp disposition,
12946 int task, int ignore_count,
12947 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12948 int from_tty, int enabled,
12949 int internal, unsigned flags)
12951 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
12952 cond_string, extra_string,
12954 disposition, thread, task,
12955 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12956 enabled, internal, flags);
12960 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12961 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12963 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
12966 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12969 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12973 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12974 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12975 case bp_overlay_event:
12976 case bp_longjmp_master:
12977 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12978 case bp_exception_master:
12979 delete_breakpoint (b);
12982 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12983 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12984 case bp_shlib_event:
12986 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12987 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12988 case bp_thread_event:
12994 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12996 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
12998 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12999 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13000 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13001 objects (among other things). */
13002 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13003 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13009 static enum print_stop_action
13010 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13012 struct breakpoint *b;
13014 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13018 case bp_shlib_event:
13019 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13020 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13021 to shlib event" message.) */
13022 print_solib_event (0);
13025 case bp_thread_event:
13026 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13027 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13028 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13031 case bp_overlay_event:
13032 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13033 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13036 case bp_longjmp_master:
13037 /* These should never be enabled. */
13038 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13041 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13042 /* These should never be enabled. */
13043 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13044 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13047 case bp_exception_master:
13048 /* These should never be enabled. */
13049 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13050 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13054 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13058 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13060 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13063 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13066 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13068 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13069 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13070 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13071 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13075 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13077 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13080 static enum print_stop_action
13081 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13083 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13085 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13087 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13092 ui_out_field_string
13094 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13098 ui_out_field_string
13100 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13105 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13109 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13111 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13114 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13116 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13117 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13120 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13122 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13125 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13127 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13130 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13133 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13135 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13139 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13141 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13148 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13150 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13151 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13153 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13157 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13158 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13159 enum bptype type_wanted,
13160 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13162 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13164 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13166 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13167 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13169 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13173 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13174 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13176 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13178 error (_("probe not found"));
13181 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13184 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13186 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13190 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13191 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13192 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13194 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13200 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13201 struct ui_out *uiout)
13203 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13204 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13206 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13208 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13209 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13210 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13211 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13216 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13218 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13223 case bp_tracepoint:
13224 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13225 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13227 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13228 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13229 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13231 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13232 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13233 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13236 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13237 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13244 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13246 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13248 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13249 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13250 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13251 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13252 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13253 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13255 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13256 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13258 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13259 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13261 if (tp->pass_count)
13262 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13266 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13267 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13268 enum bptype type_wanted,
13269 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13271 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13272 addr_start, copy_arg);
13276 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13277 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13278 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13280 char *extra_string,
13281 enum bptype type_wanted,
13282 enum bpdisp disposition,
13284 int task, int ignore_count,
13285 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13286 int from_tty, int enabled,
13287 int internal, unsigned flags)
13289 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13290 cond_string, extra_string,
13292 disposition, thread, task,
13293 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13294 enabled, internal, flags);
13298 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13299 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13301 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13304 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13306 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13310 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13311 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13312 enum bptype type_wanted,
13313 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13315 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13316 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13317 addr_start, copy_arg);
13321 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13322 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13324 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13325 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13328 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13330 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13333 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13335 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13337 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13338 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13339 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13340 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13342 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13343 error (_("Format string required"));
13345 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13346 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13347 3 - disconnect from target 1
13348 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13350 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13351 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13352 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13353 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13354 it all the time. */
13355 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13356 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13359 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13362 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13364 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13366 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13369 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13373 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13374 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13375 enum bptype type_wanted,
13376 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13378 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13380 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13382 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13384 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13385 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13386 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13390 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13391 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13392 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13394 char *extra_string,
13395 enum bptype type_wanted,
13396 enum bpdisp disposition,
13398 int task, int ignore_count,
13399 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13400 int from_tty, int enabled,
13401 int internal, unsigned flags)
13405 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13406 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13407 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13408 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13409 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13410 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13412 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13414 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13415 struct tracepoint *tp;
13416 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13419 expanded.nelts = 1;
13420 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13422 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13423 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13425 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13426 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13428 cond_string, extra_string,
13429 type_wanted, disposition,
13430 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13431 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13432 canonical->special_display);
13433 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13434 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13435 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13436 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13437 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13438 corresponds to this one */
13439 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13441 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13443 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13448 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13449 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13451 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13453 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13454 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13456 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13460 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13463 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13466 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13468 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13471 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13475 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13477 struct breakpoint *b;
13479 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13481 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13482 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13485 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13486 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13487 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13488 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13489 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13492 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13493 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13494 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13495 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13497 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13500 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13501 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13502 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13504 struct breakpoint *related;
13505 struct watchpoint *w;
13507 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13508 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13509 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13510 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13514 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13516 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13517 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13518 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13519 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13520 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13523 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13524 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13525 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13526 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13528 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13530 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13531 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13533 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13534 if (b->next == bpt)
13536 b->next = bpt->next;
13540 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13542 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13543 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13544 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13545 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13546 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13547 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13548 commands won't work. */
13550 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13552 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13553 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13554 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13555 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13556 might be better design to have location completely
13557 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13558 update_global_location_list (0);
13560 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13561 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13562 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13563 bpt->type = bp_none;
13568 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13570 delete_breakpoint (b);
13574 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13576 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13579 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13580 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13583 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13584 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13588 struct breakpoint *related;
13593 struct breakpoint *next;
13595 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13596 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13598 if (next == related)
13600 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13601 function (related, data);
13603 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13604 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13609 function (related, data);
13613 while (related != b);
13617 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13619 delete_breakpoint (b);
13622 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13623 delete_breakpoint. */
13626 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13628 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13632 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13634 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13640 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13642 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13643 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13644 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13645 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13646 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13648 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13652 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13654 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13656 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13657 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13658 delete_breakpoint (b);
13662 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13666 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13668 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13669 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13670 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13675 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13676 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13677 Null names are ignored. */
13680 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13682 struct bp_location *l;
13683 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13684 (int (*) (const void *,
13685 const void *)) streq,
13686 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13688 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13691 const char *name = l->function_name;
13693 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13697 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13699 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13703 htab_delete (htab);
13709 htab_delete (htab);
13713 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13714 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13715 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13716 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13717 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13718 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13719 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13720 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13723 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13724 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13725 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13726 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13727 in the sources, and output a warning.
13729 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13730 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13731 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13732 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13733 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13736 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13737 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13738 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13739 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13740 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13741 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13742 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13743 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13744 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13746 static struct symtab_and_line
13747 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13749 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13750 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13755 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13757 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13759 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13760 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13762 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13764 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13765 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13766 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13771 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13773 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13775 && sal.symtab != NULL
13776 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13778 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13781 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13783 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13785 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13786 struct symbol *sym;
13787 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13788 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13790 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13792 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13793 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13795 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13796 "found at previous line number"),
13797 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13801 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13803 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13804 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13805 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13808 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13809 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13810 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13812 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
13813 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13814 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13816 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13818 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13820 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13823 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13824 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13826 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13827 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13829 xfree (b->addr_string);
13830 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13831 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
13832 b->loc->line_number);
13834 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13837 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13843 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13844 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13847 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13851 if (a->address != b->address)
13854 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13857 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13864 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13870 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13871 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13872 a ranged breakpoint. */
13875 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13876 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13877 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13880 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13882 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13884 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13886 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13887 update_global_location_list (1);
13888 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13889 "multiple locations found\n"),
13894 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13895 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13896 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13897 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13898 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13899 individual locations. */
13900 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13905 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13907 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13909 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13911 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13913 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13915 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13918 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13920 s = b->cond_string;
13921 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13923 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
13924 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13929 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13930 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13931 b->number, e.message);
13932 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13936 if (sals_end.nelts)
13938 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
13940 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
13944 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13945 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
13946 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
13948 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13951 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13952 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13953 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13954 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13955 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13956 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13957 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13959 for (; e; e = e->next)
13961 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13963 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13964 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13966 for (; l; l = l->next)
13967 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13975 for (; l; l = l->next)
13976 if (l->function_name
13977 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13987 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13988 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
13990 update_global_location_list (1);
13993 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
13994 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13996 static struct symtabs_and_lines
13997 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14000 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14001 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14003 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14006 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14008 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14012 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14013 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14014 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14015 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14016 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14017 state, then user already saw the message about that
14018 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14020 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14021 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14022 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14023 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14024 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14025 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14027 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14029 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14030 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14031 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14032 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14033 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14034 which approach is better. */
14035 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14036 throw_exception (e);
14040 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14044 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14045 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14046 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14048 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14051 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14052 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14055 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14056 b->thread = thread;
14059 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14060 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14063 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14064 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14074 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14075 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14079 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14082 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14083 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14084 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14086 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14089 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14093 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14095 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14098 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14099 expanded_end = sals_end;
14103 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14106 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14107 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14110 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14111 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14112 enum bptype type_wanted,
14113 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14115 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14118 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14119 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14123 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14124 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14125 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14127 char *extra_string,
14128 enum bptype type_wanted,
14129 enum bpdisp disposition,
14131 int task, int ignore_count,
14132 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14133 int from_tty, int enabled,
14134 int internal, unsigned flags)
14136 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14138 type_wanted, disposition,
14139 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14140 enabled, internal, flags);
14143 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14144 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14147 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14148 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14150 struct linespec_result canonical;
14152 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14153 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14154 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14155 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14158 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14159 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14161 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14163 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14165 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14166 *sals = lsal->sals;
14167 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14169 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14172 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14175 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14177 static struct cleanup *
14178 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14180 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14182 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14183 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14184 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14185 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14186 set_language (b->language);
14191 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14192 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14193 Unused in this case. */
14196 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14198 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14199 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14200 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14202 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14203 b->ops->re_set (b);
14204 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14208 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14210 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14212 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14213 enum language save_language;
14214 int save_input_radix;
14215 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14217 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14218 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14219 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14221 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14223 /* Format possible error msg. */
14224 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14226 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14227 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14228 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14230 set_language (save_language);
14231 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14233 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14235 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14237 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14238 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14239 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14240 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14243 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14245 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14246 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14248 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14250 if (b->thread != -1)
14252 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14253 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14255 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14256 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14257 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14259 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14263 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14264 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14265 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14268 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14270 struct breakpoint *b;
14275 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14276 if (b->number == bptnum)
14278 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14280 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14281 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14286 b->ignore_count = count;
14290 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14291 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14293 else if (count == 1)
14294 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14297 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14298 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14301 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14305 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14308 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14311 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14317 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14319 num = get_number (&p);
14321 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14323 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14325 set_ignore_count (num,
14326 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14329 printf_filtered ("\n");
14332 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14333 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14336 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14341 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14343 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14346 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14348 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14350 while (!state.finished)
14352 char *p = state.string;
14356 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14359 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14363 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14364 if (b->number == num)
14367 function (b, data);
14371 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14376 static struct bp_location *
14377 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14379 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14383 struct breakpoint *b;
14384 struct bp_location *loc;
14389 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14391 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14393 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14394 if (b->number == bp_num)
14399 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14400 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14403 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14405 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14409 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14412 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14418 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14419 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14420 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14423 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14425 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14426 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14427 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14428 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14431 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14432 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14435 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14437 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14438 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14440 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14441 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14443 struct bp_location *location;
14445 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14446 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14449 update_global_location_list (0);
14451 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14454 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14457 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14459 disable_breakpoint (b);
14462 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14463 disable_breakpoint. */
14466 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14468 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14472 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14476 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14478 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14479 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14480 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14482 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14484 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14490 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14492 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14493 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14494 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14495 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14497 update_global_location_list (0);
14500 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14504 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14507 int target_resources_ok;
14509 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14512 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14513 target_resources_ok =
14514 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14516 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14517 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14518 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14519 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14522 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14524 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14525 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14526 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14528 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14530 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14532 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14533 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14534 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14538 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14539 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14545 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14546 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14548 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14550 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14551 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14553 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14554 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14556 struct bp_location *location;
14558 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14559 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14562 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14563 bpt->enable_count = count;
14564 update_global_location_list (1);
14566 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14571 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14573 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14577 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14579 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14582 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14583 enable_breakpoint. */
14586 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14588 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14591 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14592 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14593 in stopping the inferior. */
14596 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14600 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14602 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14603 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14604 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14606 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14608 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14614 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14616 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14617 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14618 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14619 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14621 update_global_location_list (1);
14624 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14627 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14637 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14639 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14641 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14645 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14647 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14649 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14653 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14655 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14659 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14661 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14663 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14667 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14669 int count = get_number (&args);
14671 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14675 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14677 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14679 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14683 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14685 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14689 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14694 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14698 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14699 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14703 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14704 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14705 const bfd_byte *data)
14707 struct breakpoint *bp;
14709 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14710 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14711 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14713 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14715 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14717 struct bp_location *loc;
14719 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14720 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14721 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14722 && addr + len > loc->address)
14724 value_free (wp->val);
14732 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14733 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14734 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14735 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14739 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14740 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14742 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14744 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14746 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14747 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14749 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14751 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14759 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14760 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14763 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14765 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14768 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14774 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14777 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14778 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14780 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14783 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14784 struct address_space *aspace,
14789 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14791 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14792 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14796 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14797 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14798 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14801 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14802 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14803 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14804 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14805 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14806 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14808 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14809 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14810 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14811 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14814 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14815 were inserted or not. */
14818 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14820 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14821 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14824 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14827 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14829 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14831 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14833 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14834 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14835 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14836 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14838 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14840 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14841 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14842 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14843 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14847 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14848 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14849 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14853 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14857 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14858 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14860 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14861 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14862 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14866 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14870 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14874 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14875 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14876 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14877 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14880 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14884 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14889 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14891 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14893 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14894 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14902 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14903 non-zero otherwise. */
14905 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14907 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14908 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14909 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14916 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14918 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
14919 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14921 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14925 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14927 struct breakpoint *bp;
14929 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14930 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14932 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
14934 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
14938 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
14940 if (syscall_number == iter)
14950 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14951 static VEC (char_ptr) *
14952 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
14953 const char *text, const char *word)
14955 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
14956 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
14957 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
14963 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14965 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14967 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14969 tracepoint_count = num;
14970 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14974 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14976 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14977 const char *arg_cp = arg;
14979 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
14980 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
14982 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14984 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14986 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
14988 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14989 0 /* Ignore count */,
14990 pending_break_support,
14994 0 /* internal */, 0);
14998 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15000 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15002 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15004 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15005 0 /* Ignore count */,
15006 pending_break_support,
15007 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15010 0 /* internal */, 0);
15013 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15016 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15018 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15020 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15021 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15022 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15023 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15025 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15027 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15029 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15031 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15032 0 /* Ignore count */,
15033 pending_break_support,
15037 0 /* internal */, 0);
15040 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15041 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15043 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15044 static int next_cmd;
15047 read_uploaded_action (void)
15051 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15058 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15059 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15060 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15061 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15062 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15064 struct tracepoint *
15065 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15067 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15068 struct tracepoint *tp;
15070 if (utp->at_string)
15071 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15074 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15075 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15076 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15078 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15079 "source location, using raw address"),
15081 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15082 addr_str = small_buf;
15085 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15086 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15087 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15088 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15091 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15093 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15094 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15096 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15097 0 /* Ignore count */,
15098 pending_break_support,
15099 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15101 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15103 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15106 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15107 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15108 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15112 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15115 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15118 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15119 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15120 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15122 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15124 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15129 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15131 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15133 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15134 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15135 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15136 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15139 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15140 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15141 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15146 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15150 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15152 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15155 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15157 if (num_printed == 0)
15159 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15160 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15162 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15165 default_collect_info ();
15168 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15169 Not supported by all targets. */
15171 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15173 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15176 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15177 Not supported by all targets. */
15179 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15181 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15184 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15186 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15188 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15194 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15196 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15197 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15198 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15200 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15201 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15203 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15207 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15209 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15211 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15212 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15213 delete_breakpoint (b);
15217 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15220 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15223 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15225 tp->pass_count = count;
15226 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15228 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15229 tp->base.number, count);
15232 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15234 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15235 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15236 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15239 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15241 struct tracepoint *t1;
15242 unsigned int count;
15244 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15245 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15246 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15248 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15250 args = skip_spaces (args);
15251 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15253 struct breakpoint *b;
15255 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15257 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15259 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15261 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15262 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15265 else if (*args == '\0')
15267 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15269 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15273 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15275 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15276 while (!state.finished)
15278 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15280 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15285 struct tracepoint *
15286 get_tracepoint (int num)
15288 struct breakpoint *t;
15290 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15291 if (t->number == num)
15292 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15297 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15298 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15301 struct tracepoint *
15302 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15304 struct breakpoint *b;
15306 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15308 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15310 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15317 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15318 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15319 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15320 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15321 struct tracepoint *
15322 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15323 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15326 struct breakpoint *t;
15328 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15332 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15333 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15335 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15338 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15340 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15343 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15347 if (instring && *instring)
15348 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15351 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15352 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15356 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15357 if (t->number == tpnum)
15359 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15362 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15367 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15369 if (b->thread != -1)
15370 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15373 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15375 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15378 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15379 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15380 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15384 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15385 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15387 struct breakpoint *tp;
15390 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15391 struct ui_file *fp;
15392 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15394 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15395 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15397 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15398 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15400 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15401 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15404 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15405 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15410 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15412 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15414 /* We can stop searching. */
15421 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15425 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15426 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15427 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15429 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15430 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15431 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15433 if (extra_trace_bits)
15434 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15436 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15438 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15439 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15442 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15443 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15446 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15448 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15449 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15452 if (tp->cond_string)
15453 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15455 if (tp->ignore_count)
15456 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15458 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15460 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15462 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15464 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15465 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15467 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15469 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15472 throw_exception (ex);
15474 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15477 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15478 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15480 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15481 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15482 special, and not user visible. */
15483 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15485 struct bp_location *loc;
15488 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15490 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15494 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15495 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15497 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15499 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15502 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15505 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15507 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15510 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15513 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15515 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15518 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15520 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15521 all_tracepoints (void)
15523 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15524 struct breakpoint *tp;
15526 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15528 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15535 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15536 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15537 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15539 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15540 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15541 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15542 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15543 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15544 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15545 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15546 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15547 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15548 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15549 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15551 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15552 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15554 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15555 conditions are different.\n\
15557 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15559 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15560 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15562 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15563 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15566 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15567 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15568 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15569 completer_ftype *completer,
15570 void *user_data_catch,
15571 void *user_data_tcatch)
15573 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15575 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15577 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15578 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15579 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15581 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15583 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15584 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15585 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15589 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15591 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15592 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15594 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15595 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15596 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15600 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15602 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15603 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15604 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15607 struct breakpoint *
15608 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15611 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15613 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15615 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15622 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15623 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15626 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15628 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15629 non-inline function. */
15630 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15636 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15637 have been inlined. */
15640 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15641 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15643 struct breakpoint *b;
15644 struct bp_location *bl;
15646 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15648 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15651 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15653 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15654 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15662 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15665 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15667 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15669 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15670 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
15671 loc->symtab = NULL;
15675 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15677 static int initialized = 0;
15679 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15685 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15686 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15687 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15688 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15689 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15690 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15691 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15692 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15693 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15694 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15695 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15696 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15698 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15699 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15700 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15701 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15702 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15703 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15704 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15705 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15707 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15708 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15709 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15710 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15711 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15712 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15713 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15714 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15715 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15716 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15718 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15719 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15720 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15721 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15722 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15723 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15724 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15726 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15727 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15728 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15729 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15730 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15731 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15732 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15734 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15735 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15736 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15737 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15739 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15740 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15741 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15742 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15743 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15744 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15745 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15748 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15749 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15750 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15751 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15752 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15753 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15754 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15755 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15756 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15757 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15758 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15759 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15760 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15762 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15763 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15764 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15765 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15766 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15767 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15768 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15769 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15770 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15771 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15772 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15775 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15776 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15777 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15778 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15779 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15780 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15781 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15782 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15783 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15784 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15786 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15787 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15788 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15789 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15790 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15792 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15793 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15794 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15795 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15796 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15797 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15799 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15800 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15801 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15802 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15803 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15804 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15805 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15806 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15807 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15808 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15810 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15811 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15812 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15813 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15814 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15815 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15816 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15817 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15818 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15819 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15821 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15822 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15823 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15824 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15825 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15826 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15827 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15828 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15829 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15830 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15831 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15833 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15834 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15835 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15836 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15837 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15838 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15839 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15840 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15841 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15842 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15843 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15845 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15846 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15847 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15848 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15849 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15850 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15851 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15852 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15853 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15854 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15855 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15856 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15858 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15859 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15860 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
15861 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15862 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15863 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15864 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
15867 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15869 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15872 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15874 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15876 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15878 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15879 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15880 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15882 breakpoint_objfile_key
15883 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15885 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15886 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
15887 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15889 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15890 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15891 before a breakpoint is set. */
15892 breakpoint_count = 0;
15894 tracepoint_count = 0;
15896 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15897 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15898 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15900 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
15902 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15903 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15904 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15905 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15906 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15907 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15908 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15909 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15911 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15912 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15913 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15914 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15915 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15917 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15918 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15919 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15920 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15921 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15923 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15924 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15926 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15927 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15928 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15929 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15931 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15932 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15934 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15935 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15936 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15937 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15939 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15940 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15942 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15943 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15944 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15945 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15946 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15947 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15948 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15950 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15951 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15952 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15953 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15954 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15955 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15957 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15959 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15960 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15961 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15962 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15963 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15964 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15966 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15967 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15968 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15971 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15972 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15973 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15976 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15977 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15978 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15979 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15982 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15983 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15984 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15987 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15988 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15989 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15992 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15993 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15994 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15995 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15998 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15999 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16000 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16001 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16002 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16003 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16004 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16005 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16007 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16008 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16009 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16010 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16011 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16013 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16014 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16015 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16016 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16017 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16018 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16021 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16022 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16023 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16024 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16026 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16027 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16028 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16029 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16030 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16032 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16033 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16034 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16035 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16037 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16038 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16039 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16040 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16041 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16044 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16045 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16046 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16047 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16048 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16049 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16051 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16052 is executing in.\n\
16054 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16055 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16057 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16058 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16059 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16060 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16062 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16063 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16064 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16065 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16068 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16072 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16073 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16074 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16075 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16076 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16077 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16078 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16079 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16080 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16081 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16082 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16083 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16084 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16085 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16086 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16087 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16089 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16090 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16091 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16092 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16093 breakpoint set."));
16096 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16097 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16098 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16099 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16100 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16101 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16102 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16103 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16104 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16106 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16107 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16108 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16109 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16110 breakpoint set."));
16112 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16115 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16116 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16117 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16118 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16119 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16120 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16121 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16122 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16123 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16125 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16126 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16127 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16128 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16129 breakpoint set."));
16131 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16132 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16133 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16134 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16135 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16136 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16137 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16138 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16139 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16140 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16141 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16142 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16143 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16145 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16146 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16147 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16148 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16150 &maintenanceinfolist);
16152 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16153 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16154 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16155 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16157 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16158 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16159 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16160 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16162 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16163 catch_fork_command_1,
16165 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16166 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16167 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16168 catch_fork_command_1,
16170 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16171 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16172 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16173 catch_exec_command_1,
16177 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16178 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16179 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16180 catch_load_command_1,
16184 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16185 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16186 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16187 catch_unload_command_1,
16191 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16192 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16193 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16194 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16195 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16196 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16197 catch_syscall_command_1,
16198 catch_syscall_completer,
16202 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16203 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16204 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16205 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16206 an expression changes.\n\
16207 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16208 the memory to which it refers."));
16209 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16211 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16212 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16213 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16214 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16215 an expression is read.\n\
16216 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16217 the memory to which it refers."));
16218 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16220 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16221 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16222 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16223 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16224 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16225 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16226 the memory to which it refers."));
16227 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16229 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16230 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16232 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16233 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16234 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16235 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16236 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16237 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16238 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16239 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16240 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16243 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16244 &setlist, &showlist);
16246 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16248 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16250 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16251 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16253 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16254 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16255 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16257 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16258 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16259 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16260 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16262 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16263 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16265 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16266 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16267 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16269 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16270 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16272 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16273 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16274 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16275 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16276 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16277 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16278 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16279 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16280 the selected stack frame.\n\
16281 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16282 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16283 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16284 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16286 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16288 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16289 conditions are different.\n\
16291 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16292 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16293 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16295 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16296 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16297 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16298 last tracepoint set."));
16300 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16302 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16303 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16304 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16305 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16307 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16309 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16310 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16311 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16312 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16314 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16316 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16317 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16318 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16319 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16321 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16323 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16324 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16325 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16326 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16327 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16329 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16330 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16331 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16332 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16334 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16335 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16336 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16337 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16338 session to restore them."),
16340 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16342 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16343 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16344 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16346 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16348 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16349 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16351 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16352 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16353 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16354 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16355 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16356 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16357 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16358 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16359 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16360 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16361 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16362 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16364 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16365 &pending_break_support, _("\
16366 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16367 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16368 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16369 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16370 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16371 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16373 show_pending_break_support,
16374 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16375 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16377 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16379 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16380 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16381 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16382 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16383 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16384 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16385 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16387 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16388 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16389 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16391 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16392 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16393 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16394 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16395 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16396 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16397 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16398 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16399 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16400 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16401 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16402 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16404 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16405 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16406 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16408 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16409 condition_evaluation_enums,
16410 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16411 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16412 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16413 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16414 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16415 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16416 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16417 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16418 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16419 be set to \"gdb\""),
16420 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16421 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16422 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16423 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16425 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16426 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16427 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16428 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16429 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16430 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16431 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16432 or the start of the range\n\
16433 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16434 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16435 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16437 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16438 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16439 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16441 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16442 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16443 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16444 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16445 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16446 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16448 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16450 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16451 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16452 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16453 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16454 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16455 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16456 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16457 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16458 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16459 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16460 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16461 &setlist, &showlist);
16463 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16464 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16465 &dprintf_function, _("\
16466 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16467 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16468 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16469 &setlist, &showlist);
16471 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16472 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16473 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16474 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16475 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16476 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16477 &setlist, &showlist);
16479 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16480 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16481 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16482 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16483 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16484 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16487 &setlist, &showlist);
16489 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16490 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16491 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16493 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16495 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);